LEXINGTON GROWTH & INCOME FUND INC
485BPOS, 1996-04-29
Previous: LEXINGTON GNMA INCOME FUND INC, 485BPOS, 1996-04-29
Next: BROOKE GROUP LTD, 10-K/A, 1996-04-29



As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 1996
                                              Registration No. 2-14767
                                                              811-0865
                                                                      
                                                                      
             SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                   Washington, D.C.  20549
                                               

                          FORM N-1A
                                                                           

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933              X  
  
     Pre-Effective Amendment No.                                           
                                                                           
     Post-Effective Amendment No.    63                              X      
         and/or
                                                                           
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940      X  
                                                                           
                  Amendment No.     18                               X  
  

              (Check appropriate box or boxes.)


           LEXINGTON GROWTH AND INCOME FUND, INC.
          ----------------------------------------                           
     (Exact name of Registrant as specified in Charter)


                   Park 80 West Plaza Two
               Saddle Brook, New Jersey  07663
          -----------------------------------------                         
          (Address of principal executive offices)

       Registrant's Telephone Number:  (201) 845-7300

                              
                   Lisa Curcio, Secretary
           Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc.
   Park 80 West Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey  07663
           -----------------------------------------
           (Name and address of agent for service)

                       With a copy to:
                    Carl Frischling, Esq.
      Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen, Kamin & Frankel
         919 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022
            ----------------------------------------                     

     It is proposed that this filing will become effective April 29,
1996 pursuant to Paragraph (b) of Rule 485.
                                                    

     The Registrant has registered an indefinite number of shares under
the Securities Act of 1933, pursuant to Section 24(f) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940.  A Rule 24f-2 Notice for the Registrant's fiscal
year ended December 31, 1995 was filed on February 26, 1996.

<PAGE>

           LEXINGTON GROWTH AND INCOME FUND, INC.
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM N-1A
                    CROSS REFERENCE SHEET


                           PART A

Items in Part A                                                  Prospectus
of Form N-1A          Prospectus Caption                         Page Number
- ------------          ------------------                         -----------
   1.                 Cover Page                                 Cover Page

   2.                 Synopsis                                       *

   3.                 Condensed Financial Information                2

   4.                 General Description of Registrant              3

   5.                 Management of the Fund                         5

   6.                 Capital Stock and Other Securities            12

   7.                 Purchase of Securities Being Offered           5

   8.                 Redemption or Repurchase                       6

   9.                 Legal Proceedings                              *


Note * Omitted since answer is negative or inapplicable    

<PAGE>

                   LEXINGTON GROWTH AND INCOME FUND, INC.


                 STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL               STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL
PART B           INFORMATION CAPTION                   INFORMATION PAGE NUMBER
- ------           -----------------------               -----------------------
  10.            Cover Page                                  Cover Page
       
  11.            Table of Contents                           Cover Page
       
  12.            General Information and History             12 (Part A)

  13.            Investment Objectives and Policies               2

  14.            Management of the Registrant                    16

  15.            Control Persons and Principal Holders            3
                 of Securities

  16.            Investment Advisory and Other Services           3

  17.            Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices         5

  18.            Capital Stock and Other Securities           12 (Part A)

  19.            Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of          5,6 (Part A)
                 securities being offered

  20.            Tax Status                                       9

  21.            Underwriters                                     3

  22.            Calculation of Yield Quotations on Money         *
                 Market Funds

  23.            Financial Statements                            19


PART C
- ------
                 Information required to be included in Part C is set
                 forth under the appropriate Item, so numbered, in Part C
                 to this Registration Statement.

* Not Applicable

<PAGE>

   
                                                                      PROSPECTUS
                                                                  April 29, 1996
    
Lexington Growth and Income
Fund, Inc.

   
P.O. Box 1515 / Park 80 West Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07663
                      Toll Free: Service - 1-800-526-0056
Institutional/Financial Adviser Services - 1-800-367-9160
             24 Hour Account Information - 1-800-526-0052
    

A NO-LOAD MUTUAL FUND THAT IS FULLY MANAGED.  ITS PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
IS LONG TERM APPRECIATION OF CAPITAL. INCOME RETURN IS A SECONDARY OBJECTIVE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Lexington  Growth and Income Fund,  Inc. (the "Fund") is a no load
     open-end  diversified   management   investment  company.  The  Fund's
     principal  investment  objective is long term appreciation of capital.
     Income is a secondary objective.

         Shareholders  may invest,  reinvest  or redeem  shares at any time
     without charge or penalty.

         Lexington Management Corporation ("LMC") is the Investment Adviser
     of  the  Fund.  Lexington  Funds  Distributor,  Inc.  ("LFD")  is  the
     Distributor of shares of the Fund.

         This Prospectus  concisely sets forth  information  about the Fund
     that you should know before investing.  It should be read and retained
     for future reference.

   
         A Statement of Additional  Information dated April 29, 1996, which
     provides a further  discussion of certain areas in this Prospectus and
     other  matters  that may be of  interest to some  investors,  has been
     filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission and is incorporated
     herein by reference.  For a free copy, call the appropriate  telephone
     number above or write to the address listed above.
    

         Mutual fund shares are not deposits or obligations of (or endorsed
     or  guaranteed  by)  any  bank,  nor are  they  federally  insured  or
     otherwise  protected  by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation
     ("FDIC"), the Federal Reserve Board or any other agency.  Investing in
     mutual funds involves investment risks, including the possible loss of
     principal, and their value and return will fluctuate.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Investors Should Read and Retain this Prospectus for Future Reference

<PAGE>

   
                                    FEE TABLE
Annual Fund Operating Expenses:
(as a percentage of average net assets)
    Management fees .....................................................  0.71%
    12b-1 fees ..........................................................  0.25%
    Other fees ..........................................................  0.13%
                                                                           -----
Total Fund Operating Expenses ...........................................  1.09%
                                                                           =====

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Example:                                                                    1 year    3 years    5 years     10 years
                                                                            ------    -------    -------     --------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming
  (1) 5% annual return and (2) redemption at the end of each period         $11.11     $34.66     $60.08     $132.87
</TABLE>

    The purpose of the foregoing table is to assist an investor in understanding
the  various  costs  and  expenses  that  an  investor  in the  Fund  will  bear
indirectly.  (For more complete  descriptions of the various costs and expenses,
see "How to Purchase Shares" and "Investment  Adviser and  Distributor"  below.)
The  Expenses and Example  (except the 12b-1 fees)  appearing in the table above
are based on the Fund's expenses for the period from January 1, 1995 to December
31, 1995. The 12b-1 fees shown in the table reflect the maximum amount which may
be paid under the Distribution Plan. See "Distribution  Plan." The Example shown
in the table above should not be considered a  representation  of past or future
expenses and actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown.

                              FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

    The following Financial Highlights  information for each of the years in the
five year period  ended  December 31, 1995 has been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick
LLP,  Independent  Auditors,  whose report  thereon  appears in the Statement of
Additional Information.  This information should be read in conjunction with the
financial  statements  and related  notes  thereto  included in the Statement of
Additional  Information.  The Fund's annual report,  which  contains  additional
information, is available upon request and without charge.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Selected Per Share Data for a share outstanding throughout the period

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Year Ended December 31,
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    1995      1994      1993      1992      1991      1990      1989      1988      1987      1986
                                    ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
<S>                                 <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>

Net asset value, 
  beginning of period ............ $14.36    $16.16    $16.25    $16.39    $14.24    $16.19    $14.39    $13.58    $19.16    $18.62
                                   ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Income (loss) from
investment operations:
  Net investment income ..........   0.22      0.17      0.21      0.23      0.35      0.60      0.50      0.46      0.43      0.47
  Net realized and unrealized gain
    (loss) on investments ........   3.00     (0.68)     1.94      1.79      3.17     (2.25)     3.44      0.80      0.02      3.06
                                   ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Total income (loss)
  from investment operations .....   3.22     (0.51)     2.15      2.02      3.52     (1.65)     3.94      1.26      0.45      3.53
                                   ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Less distributions:
  Dividends from 
    net investment income ........  (0.22)    (0.16)    (0.21)    (0.32)    (0.35)    (0.30)    (0.60)    (0.45)    (0.51)    (0.66)
  Distributions from 
    net realized capital gains ...  (1.65)    (0.91)    (2.03)    (1.84)    (1.02)        -     (1.54)        -     (5.52)    (2.33)
Distributions in excess of 
  net realized gains 
  (temporary book-tax difference).      -     (0.22)        -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -
                                   ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Total distributions ..............  (1.87)    (1.29)    (2.24)    (2.16)    (1.37)    (0.30)    (2.14)    (0.45)    (6.03)    (2.99)
                                   ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Net asset value, end of period ... $15.71    $14.36    $16.16    $16.25    $16.39    $14.24    $16.19    $14.39    $13.58    $19.16
                                   ======    ======    ======    ======    ======    ======    ======    ======    ======    ======
Total return ..................... 22.57%    (3.11%)   13.22%    12.36%    24.87%   (10.27%)   27.56%     9.38%     0.15%    20.52%
Ratio to average net assets:
  Expenses .......................  1.09%     1.15%     1.29%     1.20%     1.13%     1.04%     1.02%     1.10%     0.96%     0.95%
  Net investment income ..........  1.38%     1.06%     1.20%     2.57%     2.19%     3.91%     2.82%     3.20%     2.37%     2.52%
Portfolio turnover ...............159.94%    63.04%    93.90%    88.13%    80.33%    67.39%    64.00%    81.10%    95.28%    81.95%
Net assets, end of period 
  (000's omitted) ...............$138,901  $124,289  $134,508  $126,241  $121,263  $104,664  $128,329  $111,117  $112,780  $124,678
    
</TABLE>

                                       2
<PAGE>

                             DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND

    The Fund is an open-end  diversified  management  investment  company. It is
called a no-load Fund because its shares are sold without a sales charge.

                              INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

    The Fund's  principal  investment  objective  is long term  appreciation  of
capital.  Income is a secondary  objective.  The Fund  normally  will invest its
assets in publicly traded common stocks and senior  securities  convertible into
common stocks of domestic and foreign  companies.  It intends  however,  when it
deems it  appropriate  for defensive  purposes,  to make  investments in varying
amounts of senior  securities such as bonds,  debentures,  and preferred stocks.
The Fund attempts to achieve its objective by investing  principally in publicly
traded  common  stocks,  bonds,  debentures  and  preferred  stock (which may be
convertible  into or which carries the right to be converted into common stock),
and secondarily in securities as described above which offer attractive  current
yields and the potential for capital appreciation.

                       INVESTMENT POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS

   
    The Fund's  principal  investment  objective  is long term  appreciation  of
capital.  Income return is a secondary  objective.  The Fund will not: (i) issue
senior securities;  (ii) underwrite securities of other issuers;  (iii) purchase
or sell real estate,  commodity contracts or commodities (however,  the Fund may
purchase  interests  in real  estate  investment  trusts  whose  securities  are
registered  under the Securities Act of 1933 and are readily  marketable);  (iv)
make loans to other  persons  except (a)  through  the  purchase of a portion or
portions of publicly  distributed  bonds,  notes,  debentures  and  evidences of
indebtedness  authorized by its investment policy, or (b) through investments in
"repurchase  agreements" (which are arrangements under which the Fund acquires a
debt security subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase it at a fixed
price  within a short  period),  provided  that no more  than 10% of the  Fund's
assets may be invested in repurchase  agreements which mature in more than seven
days;  (v) purchase the securities of another  investment  company or investment
trust except in the open market where no profit  results to a sponsor or dealer,
other than the  customary  broker's  commission;  (vi)  purchase any security on
margin or effect a short sale of a security;  (vii) buy securities  from or sell
securities  to any of its officers and  directors or its  investment  adviser or
principal  distributor  as  principal;  (viii)  contract to sell any security or
evidence of interest  therein  except to the extent that the same shall be owned
by the  Fund;  (ix)  retain  securities  of an  issuer  when  one or more of the
officers and directors of the Fund or the investment  adviser or a person owning
more than 10% of the stock of  either,  own  beneficially  more than 0.5% of the
securities  of such  issuer  and  the  persons  owning  more  than  0.5% of such
securities  together own  beneficially  more than 5% of the  securities  of such
issuer;  (x)  invest  more  than 5% of the  value  of its  total  assets  in the
securities of any one issuer nor acquire more than 10% of the outstanding voting
securities  of any one  issuer;  (xi)  invest in  companies  for the  purpose of
exercising  management or control;  or (xii)  concentrate  its  investments in a
particular industry; thus the Fund will not purchase a security if the immediate
effect  of such  purchase  would be to  increase  the  Fund's  holdings  in such
industry above 25% of the Fund's assets. The 5%  diversification  limitation set
forth in  subparagraph  (x)  above  does  not  apply to  obligations  issued  or
guaranteed  as to principal and interest by the United  States  government,  nor
does it apply to bank  certificates of deposit,  which are not classified by the
Fund as securities for the purposes of this limitation.
    

    The Fund  shareholder  vote  required  for  modification  of its  investment
policies  or  restrictions  is the  lesser  of:  (a) 67% or  more of the  voting
securities  present at a meeting if the  holders of more than 50% are present or
represented by proxy; or (b) more than 50% of the voting securities.

    In addition to the above fundamental investment  restrictions,  the Fund has
undertaken not to: a) invest an aggregate of more than 5% of its total assets in
the securities of unseasoned  issuers and equity securities of issuers which are
not readily marketable; b) purchase any class of securities of an issuer if such
purchase  would cause the Fund to own at the time of the purchase  more than 10%
of any such  class  of  securities  of an  issuer;  c)  invest  in puts,  calls,
straddles,  spreads, and any combination thereof; d) invest in 



                                       3
<PAGE>

interests in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development  programs;  e)
pledge,  mortgage or hypothecate the assets of the greater than 15% of the gross
assets of the Fund  taken at cost;  or f) invest  more than 20% of its assets in
foreign companies.

    The Fund has  authority  to  borrow  money  from a bank not in excess of the
lesser of: (a) 5% of the gross assets of the Fund at the current market value at
the time of such borrowing;  or (b) 10% of the gross assets of the Fund taken at
cost.  Any such  borrowing  may be  undertaken  only as a temporary  measure for
extraordinary or emergency purposes. This borrowing power has not been exercised
by the Fund's management.

    Although  the Fund has the right to  pledge,  mortgage  or  hypothecate  its
assets, in order to comply with a state statute,  the Fund will not, as a matter
of operating  policy while offering  shares in such state,  pledge,  mortgage or
hypothecate  its  portfolio  securities  to the  extent  that  at any  time  the
percentage of pledged  securities  will exceed 10% of the offering  price of the
Fund's shares.

    The Fund's investment portfolio may include repurchase  agreements ("repos")
with banks and dealers in U.S.  Government  securities.  A repurchase  agreement
involves the  purchase by the Fund of an  investment  contract  from a bank or a
dealer  in  U.S.  Government  securities  which  contract  is  secured  by  debt
securities  whose value is equal to or greater than the value of the  repurchase
agreement  including the agreed upon interest.  The agreement  provides that the
institution will repurchase the underlying securities at an agreed upon time and
price.  The total amount  received on repurchase  would exceed the price paid by
the Fund,  reflecting  an agreed upon rate of  interest  for the period from the
date of the  repurchase  agreement  to the  settlement  date,  and  would not be
related  to the  interest  rate on the  underlying  securities.  The  difference
between the total amount to be received upon the  repurchase  of the  securities
and the price  paid by the Fund  upon  their  acquisition  is  accrued  daily as
interest. If the institution defaults on the repurchase agreement, the Fund will
retain  possession  of the  underlying  securities.  In addition,  if bankruptcy
proceedings  are  commenced  with  respect  to the  seller,  realization  on the
collateral  by the Fund  may be  delayed  or  limited  and the  Fund  may  incur
additional costs. In such case the Fund will be subject to risks associated with
changes in the market value of the  collateral  securities.  The Fund intends to
limit repurchase  agreements to transactions with  institutions  believed by the
adviser to present minimal credit risk.

Risk Considerations

    Investments in foreign  securities may involve risks and  considerations not
present  in  domestic  investments.   Since  foreign  securities  generally  are
denominated  and pay interest or dividends in foreign  currencies,  the value of
the assets of the Fund as measured  in United  States  dollars  will be affected
favorably or  unfavorably  by changes in the  relationship  of the United States
dollar and other currency rates. The Fund may incur costs in connection with the
conversion  or transfer of foreign  currencies.  In addition,  there may be less
publicly  available  information  about  foreign  companies  than United  States
companies.  Foreign  companies may not be subject to accounting,  auditing,  and
financial reporting  standards,  practices and requirements  comparable to those
applicable to United States companies. Foreign securities markets, while growing
in volume,  have for the most part  substantially less volume than United States
securities markets and securities of foreign companies are generally less liquid
and at times their prices may be more  volatile  than  securities  of comparable
United States companies.  Foreign stock exchanges,  brokers and listed companies
are generally subject to less government  supervision and regulation than in the
United  States.  The customary  settlement  time for foreign  securities  may be
longer than the 5 day customary  settlement  time for United States  securities.
Although the Fund will try to invest in companies and  governments  of countries
having stable political environments,  there is the possibility of expropriation
or  confiscatory  taxation,  seizure or  nationalization  or foreign  government
restrictions or other adverse political,  social or diplomatic developments that
could affect investment in these nations.

    Income from foreign  securities held by the Fund may, and in some cases will
be  reduced  by a  withholding  tax at the  source  or other  foreign  taxes.  A
shareholder of the Fund will,  subject to certain  restrictions,  be entitled to
claim a creditor deduction for United States Federal income tax purposes for the
shareholder's  pro rata  share of such  foreign  taxes  paid by the  Fund.  (See
Dividends, Capital Gains, Distributions and Tax Matters).


                                       4
<PAGE>

                               PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

   
    In the  selection  of  various  securities,  long-term  potential  will take
precedence over short term market  fluctuations.  While management maintains the
flexibility to sell portfolio  securities  regardless of how long they have been
held by the Fund, it is anticipated  that the Fund's annual  portfolio  turnover
rate will not exceed 100%. A rate of 100% could occur for example, if all of the
securities  held by the Fund were  replaced  within a period  of one year.  High
portfolio  turnover  rates can result in  corresponding  increases  in brokerage
costs. For the fiscal year ending December 31, 1995 the portfolio  turnover rate
was 159.94%.
    

                             MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

   
    The  business  affairs of the Fund are managed  under the  direction  of its
Board  of  Directors.  There  are  currently  nine  Directors  (of  whom six are
non-affiliated  persons)  who meet  five  times  each  year.  The  Statement  of
Additional  Information contains additional  information regarding the directors
and officers of the Fund.
    

                                PORTFOLIO MANAGER

    The Fund is managed by an investment  management team. Alan H. Wapnick, Vice
President is the lead manager.

   
    Mr.  Wapnick is a Senior  Vice  President  of LMC and  Director  of Domestic
Investment Equity Strategy and is responsible for portfolio  management.  He has
26 years investment experience. Prior to joining LMC in 1986, Mr. Wapnick was an
equity  analyst  with  Merrill  Lynch,  J. & W.  Seligman,  Dean Witter and most
recently  Union  Carbide  Corporation.  Mr.  Wapnick is a graduate of  Dartmouth
College and received a Master's Degree in Business  Administration from Columbia
University.
    

                INVESTMENT ADVISER, DISTRIBUTOR AND ADMINISTRATOR

    Lexington Management  Corporation,  ("LMC") P.O. Box 1515/Park 80 West Plaza
Two,  Saddle Brook,  New Jersey 07663,  is the  investment  adviser of the Fund.
Lexington Funds  Distributor,  Inc.  ("LFD") is the distributor of shares of the
Fund.

   
    LMC, established in 1938, currently manages over $3.0 billion in assets. LMC
serves as  investment  adviser to other  investment  companies  and  private and
institutional investment accounts.  Included among these clients are persons and
organizations  which own  significant  amounts of capital stock of LMC's parent.
The  clients  pay fees  which  LMC  considers  comparable  to the  fees  paid by
similarly served clients.

    LMC is paid an  investment  advisory  fee at the annual rate of 0.75% of the
average daily net assets of the Fund up to $100 million and 0.60% of such assets
in excess of $100 million up to $150 million. For the fiscal year ended December
31, 1995, the Fund paid advisory fees to LMC of $935,397.
    

    LMC  also  acts  as   administrator   to  the  Fund  and  performs   certain
administrative and internal accounting  services,  including but not limited to,
maintaining  general  ledger  accounts,  regulatory  compliance,  preparation of
financial information for semiannual and annual reports,  preparing registration
statements,   calculating  net  asset  values,  shareholder  communications  and
supervision  of the custodian,  transfer agent and provides  facilities for such
services.  The Fund shall  reimburse  LMC for its actual cost in providing  such
services, facilities and expenses.

   
    LMC  and  LFD  are  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of  Lexington  Global  Asset
Managers,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation with offices at Park 80 West Plaza Two,
Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07663.  Descendants of Lunsford Richardson,  Sr., their
spouses,  trusts and other related  entities have a majority  voting  control of
outstanding  shares of Lexington  Global Asset  Managers,  Inc. See  "Investment
Adviser and Distributor" in the Statement of Additional Information.
    

                             HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES

Initial  Investment-Minimum  $1,000.  By Mail: Send a check payable to Lexington
Growth and Income Fund, Inc., along with a completed New Account  Application to
State Street Bank and Trust  Company (the  "Agent").  See the back cover of this
Prospectus for the Agent's address. 



                                       5
<PAGE>

Subsequent  Investments-Minimum  $50. By Mail: Send a check payable to Lexington
Growth and Income Fund, Inc., to the Agent, accompanied by either the detachable
form  which  is part of the  confirmation  of a prior  transaction  or a  letter
indicating the dollar amount of the investment and identifying the Fund, account
number and registration.

Broker-Dealers:  You may invest in shares of the Fund through broker-dealers who
are members of the National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc., and other
financial institutions and who have selling agreements with LFD.  Broker-dealers
and financial  institutions who process such purchase and sale  transactions for
their customers may charge a transaction fee for these services.  The fee may be
avoided by purchasing shares directly from the Fund.

The Open Account: By investing in the Fund, a shareholder appoints the Agent, as
his agent,  to establish an open account to which all shares  purchased  will be
credited,  together with any dividends and capital gain distributions  which are
paid  in  additional  shares  (see  "Dividend,   Distribution  and  Reinvestment
Policy").  Stock certificates will be issued for full shares only when requested
in writing. Unless payment for shares is made by certified or cashier's check or
federal  funds wire,  certificates  will not be issued for 30 days.  In order to
facilitate  redemptions and transfers,  most  shareholders  elect not to receive
certificates.

    After an Open  Account  is  established,  payments  can be  provided  for by
"Lex-O-Matic" or other authorized  automatic bank check program accounts (checks
drawn on the  investor's  bank  periodically  for  investment  in the  Fund).  A
shareholder may arrange to make additional  purchases of shares automatically on
a monthly or quarterly basis with the Automatic  Investing Plan,  "Lex-O-Matic".
The  investments  of $50 or more  are  automatically  deducted  from a  checking
account  on or about  the 15th day of each  month.  The  institution  must be an
Automated  Clearing House (ACH) member.  Should an order to purchase shares of a
fund be cancelled  because your automated  transfer does not clear,  you will be
responsible  for any  resulting  loss  incurred  by that fund.  The  shareholder
reserves the right to  discontinue  the  Lex-O-Matic  program  provided  written
notice  is  given  ten days  prior to the  scheduled  investment  date.  Further
information  regarding  this service can be obtained  from  Lexington by calling
1-800-526-0056.

     On payroll  deduction  accounts  administered by a employer and on payments
into  qualified  pension or profit sharing plans and other  continuing  purchase
programs, there are no minimum purchase requirements. 

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

   
    The net asset value of the shares of the Fund is  determined as of the close
of trading on each day the New York Stock  Exchange  is open,  by  dividing  the
value of the Fund's securities plus any cash and other assets (including accrued
dividends and interest) less all liabilities (including accrued expenses) by the
number of shares  outstanding,  the result being  adjusted to the nearest  whole
cent. A security  listed or traded on a recognized  stock  exchange is valued at
the last sale price  prior to the time when  assets are valued on the  principal
exchange on which the  security is traded.  If no sale is reported at that time,
the mean between the current bid and asked price will be used. However, when LMC
deems it  appropriate,  prices  obtained for the day of  valuation  from a third
party  pricing  service will be used. For over-the-counter  securities  the mean
between the bid and asked prices is used.  Short-term securities having maturity
of 60 days or less are valued at  amortized  cost when it is  determined  by the
Fund's Board of Directors  that  amortized  cost reflects the fair value of such
securities. Securities for which market quotations are not readily available and
other assets are valued by the Fund management in good faith under the direction
of the Fund's Board of Directors.

    Generally,  trading in foreign securities markets is substantially completed
each day at various times prior to the close of the New York Stock Exchange. The
values of foreign securities used in computing the net asset value of the shares
of the Fund are determined as of the earlier of such market close or the closing
time of the New York Stock Exchange (the "Exchange").  Foreign currency exchange
rates  are  also  generally  determined  prior  to the  close  of the  Exchange.
Occasionally,  events  affecting the value of such  securities and such exchange
rates may occur between the times at which they are  determined and the close of
the Exchange, which will not be reflected in the computation of net asset value,
if, during such periods,  events occur which materially affect the value of such
securities,  the  securities  will be  valued  at  their  fair  market  value as
determined  by  the  investment  adviser  and  approved  in  good  faith  by the
Directors.
    

                                       6

<PAGE>


   
    In order to  determine  net asset value per share,  the  aggregate  value of
portfolio  securities is added to the value of the Fund's other assets,  such as
cash and receivables;  the total of the assets thus obtained,  less liabilities,
is then divided by the number of shares outstanding.
    

Terms of  Offering:  If an order to  purchase  shares is  cancelled  because the
investor's  check does not clear, the purchaser will be responsible for any loss
incurred by the Fund.  To recover any such loss the Fund  reserves  the right to
redeem  shares owned by the  purchaser,  seek  reimbursement  directly  from the
purchaser and may prohibit or restrict the purchaser in placing future orders in
any of the Lexington Funds.

    The Fund  reserves the right to reject any order,  and to waive or lower the
investment  minimums  with respect to any person or class of persons,  including
shareholders  of the Fund's special  investment  programs.  An order to purchase
shares is not  binding  on the Fund  until it has been  confirmed  by the Agent.

Account  Statements:  The Agent  will send  shareholders  either  purchasing  or
redeeming  shares of the Fund, a confirmation of the transaction  indicating the
date the purchase or redemption was accepted,  the number of shares purchased or
redeemed,  the purchase or redemption  price per share, and the amount purchased
or  redemption  proceeds.  A statement is also sent to  shareholders  whenever a
distribution is paid, or when a change in the registration, address, or dividend
option occurs. Shareholders are urged to retain their account statements for tax
purposes.

                              HOW TO REDEEM SHARES

By  Mail:  Send to the  Agent  (see the back  cover of this  Prospectus  for the
address): (1) a written request for redemption,  signed by each registered owner
exactly as the shares are  registered  including  the name of the Fund,  account
number  and exact  registration;  (2) stock  certificates  for any  shares to be
redeemed  which are held by the  shareholder;  (3)  signature  guarantees,  when
required,   and  (4)  the  additional  documents  required  for  redemptions  by
corporations, executors, administrators, trustees, and guardians. Redemptions by
mail will not become  effective  until all  documents  in proper  form have been
received  by the  Agent.  If a  shareholder  has  any  questions  regarding  the
requirements  for  redeeming  shares,  he should  call the Fund at the toll free
number  on the back  cover  prior  to  submitting  a  redemption  request.  If a
redemption  request is sent to the Fund in New Jersey,  it will be  forwarded to
the Agent and the effective date of redemption  will be the date received by the
Agent.

   
    Checks for redemption proceeds will normally be mailed within three business
days,  but will not be mailed  until all checks in payment  for the shares to be
redeemed have been cleared.

Signature  Guarantee:  Signature  guarantees are required in connection with (a)
redemptions  by mail  involving  $25,000 or more;  (b) all  redemptions by mail,
regardless of the amount  involved,  when the proceeds are to be paid to someone
other than the registered  owners;  (c) changes in  instructions as to where the
proceeds of redemptions are to be sent, and (d) share transfer requests.
    

    The Agent requires that the guarantor be either a commercial bank which is a
member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,  a trust company, a savings
and loan  association,  a  savings  bank,  a credit  union,  a member  firm of a
domestic stock exchange,  or a foreign branch of any of the foregoing.  A notary
public is not an acceptable guarantor.

    With  respect  to  redemption  requests  submitted  by mail,  the  signature
guarantees must appear either: (a) on the written request for redemption, (b) on
a separate  instrument of assignment ("stock power") specifying the total number
of  shares  to be  redeemed,  or (c)  on all  stock  certificates  tendered  for
redemption  and,  if shares  held by the Agent are also being  redeemed,  on the
letter or stock power.

Redemption  Price: The redemption price will be the net asset value per share of
the Fund next determined  after receipt by the Agent of a redemption  request in
proper  form  (see  "Determination  of Net  Asset  Value"  in the  Statement  of
Additional Information).

                                       7

<PAGE>

    The right of redemption may be suspended (a) for any period during which the
New York Stock  Exchange is closed or the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
("SEC") determines that trading on the Exchange is restricted, (b) when there is
an emergency as determined by the SEC as a result of which it is not  reasonably
practicable  for the Fund to dispose of  securities  owned by it or to determine
fairly the value of its net assets, or (c) for such other periods as the SEC may
by order  permit for the  protection  of  shareholders  of the Fund.  Due to the
proportionately high cost of maintaining smaller accounts, the Fund reserves the
right to redeem all shares in an account  with a value of less than $500 (except
retirement plan accounts) and mail the proceeds to the shareholder. Shareholders
will be notified  before these  redemptions are to be made and will have 30 days
to make an  additional  investment  to bring their  accounts up to the  required
minimum.

                              SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

Transfer:  Shares of the Fund may be  transferred  to another owner. A signature
guarantee of the  registered  owner is required on the letter of  instruction or
accompanying stock power.

Systematic  Withdrawal  Plan:  Shareholders  may elect to withdraw cash in fixed
amounts from their  accounts at regular  intervals.  The minimum  investment  to
establish a  Systematic  Withdrawal  Plan is $10,000.  If the proceeds are to be
mailed to someone  other than the  registered  owner,  a signature  guarantee is
required.

Group Sub-Accounting:  To minimize  recordkeeping by fiduciaries,  corporations,
and certain other investors, the minimum initial investment may be waived.

                               EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

   
    Shares of the Fund may be exchanged  for shares of the  following  Lexington
Funds on the basis of relative net asset value per share next  determined at the
time of the  exchange.  In the event  shares of one or more of these funds being
exchanged by a single investor have a value in excess of $500,000, the shares of
the Fund will not be  purchased  until  the third  business  day  following  the
redemption of the shares being  exchanged in order to enable the redeeming  fund
to utilize normal securities  settlement procedures in transferring the proceeds
of the  redemption  to the Fund.  Exchanges  may not be made until all checks in
payment for the shares to be exchanged have been cleared.
    

    The Lexington Funds currently available for exchange are:

   
LEXINGTON WORLDWIDE  EMERGING  MARKETS FUND, INC.  (NASDAQ Symbol:  LEXGX)/Seeks
          long-term  growth of capital  primarily  through  investment in equity
          securities of companies  domiciled in, or doing business in,  emerging
          countries and emerging markets.
    

LEXINGTON GLOBAL FUND, INC.  (NASDAQ Symbol:  LXGLX)/Seeks  long-term  growth of
          capital  primarily  through  investment  in common stocks of companies
          domiciled in foreign countries and the United States.

       

LEXINGTON INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC. (NASDAQ Symbol: LEXIX)/Seeks long-term growth
          of capital through investment in common stocks of companies  domiciled
          in foreign countries.  Shares of the Fund are not presently  available
          for sale in Vermont.

   
LEXINGTON CROSBY  SMALL CAP  ASIA  GROWTH  FUND,  INC./Seeks  long-term  capital
          appreciation  through  investment  in companies  domiciled in the Asia
          Region with a market capitalization of less than $1 billion.

LEXINGTON TROIKA DIALOG RUSSIA FUND,  INC./Seeks  long-term capital appreciation
          through  investment  primarily  in the  equity  securities  of Russian
          companies.  The Fund is expected to be available in June, 1996 and has
          a $5,000 minimum investment.
    


                                       8
<PAGE>

   
LEXINGTON RAMIREZ GLOBAL INCOME FUND (NASDAQ Symbol:  LEBDX)/Seeks  high current
          income  by  investing  in  a  combination   of  foreign  and  domestic
          high-yield,  lower rated debt  securities.  Capital  appreciation is a
          secondary objective.

LEXINGTON GOLDFUND,  INC. (NASDAQ Symbol:  LEXMX)/Seeks capital appreciation and
          such hedge  against  loss of buying  power as may be obtained  through
          investment in gold bullion and equity  securities of companies engaged
          in mining or  processing  gold  throughout  the world.  Shares are not
          presently available for sale in Wisconsin.

LEXINGTON SMALLCAP VALUE FUND, INC./Seeks long-term capital appreciation through
          investment  in common  stocks of  companies  domiciled  in the  United
          States with a market capitalization of less than $1 billion.
    

LEXINGTON CORPORATE  LEADERS TRUST FUND (NASDAQ Symbol:  LEXCX)/Seeks  long-term
          capital  growth and income  through  investment  in an equal number of
          shares of the  common  stocks of a fixed  list of  American  blue chip
          corporations.

LEXINGTON GROWTH AND INCOME FUND, INC.  (NASDAQ Symbol:  LEXRX)/Seeks  long-term
          capital  appreciation  through  investments  in stocks of large,  ably
          managed and well financed companies. Income is a secondary objective.

LEXINGTON CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES FUND. (NASDAQ Symbol: CNCVX)/Seeks total return
          by providing capital appreciation,  current income and conservation of
          capital through  investments in a diversified  portfolio of securities
          convertible  into shares of common  stock.  Shares of the Fund are not
          presently available for sale in Vermont.

LEXINGTON GNMA INCOME FUND, INC.  (NASDAQ  Symbol:  LEXNX)/Seeks a high level of
          current  income,  consistent  with  liquidity and safety of principal,
          through investment primarily in mortgage-backed GNMA Certificates.

       

LEXINGTON MONEY  MARKET  TRUST  (NASDAQ  Symbol:  LMMXX)/Seeks  a high  level of
          current income  consistent with  preservation of capital and liquidity
          through  investments  in  interest  bearing  short term  money  market
          instruments.

LEXINGTON TAX FREE MONEY FUND, INC. (NASDAQ Symbol:  LTFXX)/Seeks current income
          exempt from  Federal  income  taxes while  maintaining  liquidity  and
          stability of principal  through  investment  in  short-term  municipal
          securities.

    Shareholders  in any of these funds may exchange all or part of their shares
for  shares  of one or  more  of the  other  funds,  subject  to the  conditions
described herein.  The Exchange  Privilege enables a shareholder in any of these
funds to acquire shares in a fund with a different investment objective when the
shareholder  believes that a shift between  funds is an  appropriate  investment
decision.  Shareholders  contemplating  an exchange should obtain and review the
prospectus of the fund to be acquired.

    If an exchange involves  investing in a Lexington Fund not already owned and
a new account has to be established,  the dollar amount  exchanged must meet the
initial investment of the Fund being purchased.  If, however, an account already
exists in the Fund being  bought,  there is a $500  minimum  exchange  required.
Shareholders must provide the account number of the existing account.

    Any exchange  between mutual funds is, in effect,  a redemption of shares in
one Fund and a purchase  in the other Fund.  Shareholders  should  consider  the
possible tax effects of an exchange.

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE  PROVISIONS-Exchange  instructions may be given in writing or
by telephone.  Telephone exchanges may only be made if a Telephone Authorization
form has been previously  executed and filed with LFD.  Telephone  exchanges are
permitted  only  after a  minimum  of 7 days  have  elapsed  from  the date of a
previous exchange. Exchanges may not be made until all checks in payment for the
shares to be exchanged have been cleared.

    Telephonic  exchanges can only involve  shares held on deposit at the Agent;
shares held in certificate form by the shareholder cannot be included.  However,
outstanding  certificates  can be  returned  to the Agent and  qualify for these
services.  Any new account established with the same registration will also have
the privilege of exchange by telephone in the Lexington Funds.


                                       9
<PAGE>

    All  accounts  involved  in  a  telephonic   exchange  must  have  the  same
registration  and  dividend  option as the  account  from which the shares  were
transferred  and will also have the  privilege  of exchange by  telephone in the
Lexington Funds in which these services are available.

    By checking  the box on the New Account  Application  authorizing  telephone
exchange services,  a shareholder  constitutes and appoints LFD,  distributor of
the Lexington Group of Mutual Funds as the true and lawful attorney to surrender
for redemption or exchange any and all non-certificated shares held by the Agent
in account(s)  designated,  or in any other  account with the  Lexington  Funds,
present  or  future,  which has the  identical  registration  with full power of
substitution  in the  premises,  authorizes  and  directs  LFD to act  upon  any
instruction  from any person by telephone  for exchange of shares held in any of
these  accounts,  to  purchase  shares  of any  other  Lexington  Fund  that  is
available,  provided the  registration  and mailing  address of the shares to be
purchased are identical to the  registration of the shares being  redeemed,  and
agrees that neither LFD, the Agent, nor the Fund(s) will be liable for any loss,
expense or cost arising out of any  requests  effected in  accordance  with this
authorization  which would  include  requests  effected by  imposters or persons
otherwise  unauthorized to act on behalf of the account.  LFD, the Agent and the
Fund,   will  employ   reasonable   procedures  to  confirm  that   instructions
communicated  by  telephone  are  genuine  and if they do not employ  reasonable
procedures  they may be liable for any losses due to  unauthorized or fraudulent
instructions.  The following identification  procedures may include, 
but are not limited to, the following: account number, registration and address,
taxpayer  identification number and other information particular to the account.
In addition,  all exchange  transactions  will take place on recorded  telephone
lines and each  transaction  will be  confirmed  in  writing  by the  Fund.  LFD
reserves  the right to cease to act as agent  subject  to the above  appointment
upon thirty (30) days' written notice to the address of record. If other than an
individual,  it is certified that certain persons have been duly elected and are
now  legally  holding  the titles  given and that the said  corporation,  trust,
unincorporated association, etc. is duly organized and existing and has power to
take action called for by this continuing Authorization.

    Exchange Authorization forms, Telephone Authorization forms and prospectuses
of the other funds may be obtained from LFD.

    The  Distributor  has made  arrangements  with  certain  dealers  to  accept
instructions  by telephone  to exchange  shares of the Fund for shares of one of
the other  Lexington  funds at net asset value as  described  above.  Under this
procedure,  the dealer must agree to indemnify the Distributor and the Lexington
funds from any loss or liability that any of them might incur as a result of the
acceptance  of such  telephone  exchange  orders.  A  properly  signed  Exchange
Authorization  must be  received  by the  Distributor  within  five  days of the
exchange request.  In each such exchange,  the registration of the shares of the
fund being acquired must be identical to the  registration  of the shares of the
fund  exchanged.  Shares in  certificate  form are not eligible for this type of
exchange.  LFD reserves the right to reject any telephone exchange request.  Any
telephone exchange orders so rejected may be processed by mail.

    This  exchange  offer is  available  only in states where shares of the fund
being acquired may legally be sold and may be modified or terminated at any time
by the  Fund.  Broker-dealers  who  process  exchange  orders on behalf of their
customers may charge a fee for their services. Such fee may be avoided by making
requests for exchange directly to the Fund or Agent.

                         TAX-SHELTERED RETIREMENT PLANS

    The Fund offers a Prototype  Pension and Profit  Sharing  Plan,  including a
Keogh Plan, IRA's, SEP-IRA's and IRA Rollover Accounts,  401(k) Salary Reduction
Plans, Section 457 Deferred Compensation Plans and 403(b)(7) Plans. Plan support
services are available  through the  Shareholder  Services  Department of LMC at
1-800-526-0056.  (See  "Tax-Sheltered  Retirement  Plans"  in the  Statement  of
Additional Information.)

                 DIVIDEND, DISTRIBUTION AND REINVESTMENT POLICY

    The Fund intends to pay quarterly dividends from investment income after the
close of each quarter, if earned and as declared by its Board of Directors.  The
Board of Directors  may, at its  discretion,  elect to retain or declare and pay
distributions from any realized security profits.

                                       10
<PAGE>

    Any  dividends  and  distribution  payments  will be reinvested at net asset
value,  without sales charge,  in additional  full and fractional  shares of the
Fund  unless and until the  shareholder  notifies  the Agent in writing  that he
wants to receive his  payments  in cash.  This  request  must be received by the
Agent at least seven days before the dividend  record date.  Upon receipt by the
Agent of such written  notice,  all further  payments will be made in cash until
written  notice to the contrary is received.  An account of such shares owned by
each  shareholder will be maintained by the Agent.  Shareholders  whose accounts
are maintained by the Agent will have the same rights as other shareholders with
respect to shares so registered (see "How to Purchase Shares-The Open Account").

                                DISTRIBUTION PLAN

    The Board of  Directors  of the Fund has  adopted a  Distribution  Plan (the
"Plan") in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the Investment  Company Act of 1940,
after having concluded that there is a reasonable  likelihood that the Plan will
benefit the Fund and its  shareholders.  The Plan provides that the Fund may pay
distribution fees, including payments to the Distributor,  at an annual rate not
to exceed 0.25% of its average daily net assets for distribution services.

    Distribution  payments will be made as follows:  The Fund either directly or
through the Adviser, may make payments periodically (i) to the Distributor or to
any  broker-dealer (a "Broker") who is registered under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934  and a  member  in good  standing  of the  National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc. and who has entered into a Selected Dealer  Agreement
with  the  Distributor,  (ii) to  other  persons  or  organizations  ("Servicing
Agents") who have entered into  shareholder  processing  and service  agreements
with the Adviser or with the  Distributor,  with respect to Fund shares owned by
shareholders  for which  such  Broker is the  dealer or holder of record or such
servicing agent has a servicing  relationship,  or (iii) for expenses associated
with  distribution  of Fund  shares,  including  the  compensation  of the sales
personnel of the Distributor;  payments of no more than an effective annual rate
of 0.25%,  or such lesser  amounts as the  Distributor  determines  appropriate.
Payments may also be made for any advertising and promotional  expenses relating
to  selling  efforts,  including  but not  limited to the  incremental  costs of
printing, prospectuses, statements of additional information, annual reports and
other periodic  reports for  distribution to persons who are not shareholders of
the Fund; the costs of preparing and distributing any other  supplemental  sales
literature;  costs  of  radio,  television,  newspaper  and  other  advertising;
telecommunications expenses,  including the cost of telephones,  telephone lines
and  other  communications  equipment,  incurred  by or for the  Distributor  in
carrying  out its  obligations  under the  Distribution  Agreement.  LMC,  at no
additional cost to the Fund, may pay to Shareholder  Service Agents,  additional
amounts from past profits for administrative services.

                                   TAX MATTERS

    The Fund intends to qualify as a regulated  investment company by satisfying
the  requirements  under  Subchapter M of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"),  including requirements with respect to diversification of
assets, distribution of income and sources of income. It is the Fund's policy to
distribute to  shareholders  all of its investment  income (net of expenses) and
any capital gains (net of capital losses) so that, in addition to satisfying the
distribution  requirement  of  Subchapter  M, the Fund  will not be  subject  to
federal income tax or the 4% excise tax.

    Distributions  by the Fund of its net investment  income and the excess,  if
any, of its net short-term  capital gain over its net long-term capital loss are
taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.  These  distributions are treated as
dividends  for  federal  income  tax  purposes,  but in any year  only a portion
thereof (which cannot exceed the aggregate  amount of qualifying  dividends from
domestic  corporations received by the Fund during the year) may qualify for the
70% dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.  Because the Fund's
investment  income may include interest and dividends from foreign  corporations
and the Fund may have short-term  capital gains,  less than 100% of the ordinary
income  dividends  paid by the  Fund  may  qualify  for  the  dividends-received
deduction. Distributions by the Fund of the excess, if any, of its net long-term
capital gain over its net short-term capital loss are designated as capital gain
dividends and are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains, regardless
of the length of time the shareholder held his shares.

                                       11
<PAGE>

    Distributions to shareholders will be treated in the same manner for federal
income tax purposes whether received in cash or reinvested in additional  shares
of the Fund. In general, distributions by the Fund are taken into account by the
shareholders in the year in which they are made. However,  certain distributions
made during January will be treated as having been paid by the Fund and received
by the  shareholders on December 31 of the preceding  year. A statement  setting
forth the  federal  income tax status of all  distributions  made or deemed made
during  the year  will be sent to  shareholders  promptly  after the end of each
year.  Shareholders  purchasing shares of the Fund just prior to the ex-dividend
date will be taxed on the entire  amount of the dividend  received,  even though
the net asset value per share on the date of such purchase  reflected the amount
of such dividend.

    Any loss  realized  upon a taxable  disposition  of shares within six months
from the date of their  purchase will be treated as a long-term  capital loss to
the extent of any  capital  gain  dividends  received on such  shares.  All or a
portion of any loss  realized upon a taxable  disposition  of shares of the Fund
may be  disallowed  if other  shares  of the Fund are  purchased  within 30 days
before or after such disposition.

    Under the back-up withholding rules of the Code, certain shareholders may be
subject to 31% withholding of federal income tax on distributions and redemption
payments  made by the  Fund.  In order  to avoid  this  back-up  withholding,  a
shareholder must provide the Fund with a correct taxpayer  identification number
(which for most  individuals is their Social Security number) or certify that it
is a corporation or otherwise exempt from or not subject to back-up withholding.
The  new  account  application   included  with  this  Prospectus  provides  for
shareholder compliance with these certification requirements.

    The foregoing  discussion of federal income tax consequences is based on tax
laws and regulations in effect on the date of this Prospectus, and is subject to
change by legislative or administrative  action. As the foregoing  discussion is
for general  information only, a prospective  shareholder should also review the
more detailed  discussion of federal income tax  considerations  relevant to the
Fund that is contained in the Statement of Additional Information.  In addition,
each prospective  shareholder  should consult with his own tax adviser as to the
tax consequences of investments in the Fund,  including the application of state
and local  taxes  which may differ  from the  federal  income  tax  consequences
described above.

                             PERFORMANCE CALCULATION

    The Fund will  calculate  performance  on a total  return  basis for various
periods.  The total return basis combines  principal and dividend income changes
for the periods shown. Principal changes are based on the difference between the
beginning and closing net asset values for the period and assume reinvestment of
dividends  paid by the Fund.  Dividends  are  comprised of net realized  capital
gains and net investment income.

    Performance will vary from time to time and past results are not necessarily
representative of future results.  It should be remembered that performance is a
function of portfolio  management in selecting the type and quality of portfolio
securities and is affected by operating expenses.

    Comparative  performance  information  may be  used  from  time  to  time in
advertising  or  marketing  of the Fund's  shares,  including  data from  Lipper
Analytical  Services,  Inc.  or  major  market  indices  such as the  Dow  Jones
Industrial  Average Index and Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index.
Such  comparative  performance  information  will be stated in the same terms in
which the comparative data and indices are stated.

             CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT

    Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., 1211 Avenue of the Americas,  New York, New York
10036  has  been  retained  to act as the  Custodian  for the  Funds'  portfolio
securities  including  those to be held by foreign banks and foreign  securities
depositories  which  qualify  as  eligible  foreign  custodians  under the rules
adopted  by the SEC and for the Fund's  domestic  securities  and other  assets.

                                       12
<PAGE>

State Street Bank and Trust Company, 225 Franklin Street, Boston,  Massachusetts
02110, is the transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent for the Fund. Neither
Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. nor State Street Bank and Trust Company have any part
in  determining  the  investment  policies of the Fund or in  determining  which
portfolio  securities  are  to be  purchased  or  sold  by  the  Fund  or in the
declaration of dividends and distributions.

                        COUNSEL AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

    Kramer,  Levin,  Naftalis,  Nessen,  Kamin & Frankel,  919 Third Avenue, New
York,  New York 10022 will pass upon legal  matters  for the Fund in  connection
with the shares offered by this Prospectus.

   
    KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, 345 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10154,  has been
selected  as  independent  auditors  for the Fund  for the  fiscal  year  ending
December 31, 1996.
    

                                OTHER INFORMATION

    The Fund is an open end, diversified management investment company. The Fund
was originally  organized as a New Jersey  corporation on February 11, 1959 with
10,000,000  shares of capital stock,  $1.00 par value. The Fund reorganized as a
corporation  under the laws of the State of Maryland on May 11, 1988.  The Fund,
formerly  known as Lexington  Research  Fund,  Inc.  adopted its present name on
April 22, 1991. The Fund has authorized  capital of 500,000,000 shares of common
stock,  $0.001  par value.  Each  share of common  stock has one vote and shares
equally in dividends and  distributions  when and if declared by the Fund and in
the Fund's net assets upon liquidation.  All shares, when issued, are fully paid
and non-assessable. There are no preemptive, conversion or exchange rights. Fund
shares do not have  cumulative  voting rights and, as such,  holders of at least
50% of the shares voting for Directors can elect all Directors and the remaining
shareholders would not be able to elect any Directors.

    The Fund  will not  normally  hold  annual  shareholder  meetings  except as
required by Maryland  General  Corporation Law or the Investment  Company Act of
1940.  However,  meetings  of  shareholders  may be  called  at any  time by the
Secretary upon the written request of shareholders  holding in the aggregate not
less than 25% of the outstanding  shares,  such request  specifying the purposes
for which such meeting is to be called. In addition, the Directors will promptly
call a meeting of  shareholders  for the purpose of voting upon the  question of
removal of any Director when requested to do so in writing by the  recordholders
of not less than 10% of the  Fund's  outstanding  shares.  The Fund will  assist
shareholders in any such communication between shareholders and Directors.

   
    The Code of Ethics adopted by each of the Adviser and the Fund prohibits all
affiliated  personnel  from  engaging in personal  investment  activities  which
compete  with or  attempt to take  advantage  of the  Fund's  planned  portfolio
transactions. The objective of each Code of Ethics is that the operations of the
Adviser  and  Fund be  carried  out  for the  exclusive  benefit  of the  Fund's
shareholders.  All organizations  maintain careful monitoring of compliance with
the Code of Ethics.
    

    A Registration  Statement (herein called the "Registration  Statement"),  of
which this Prospectus is a part, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, Washington, D.C. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

    No  person  has  been  authorized  to give  any  information  or to make any
representations  other than those contained in this Prospectus and in the Fund's
official  sales  literature in connection  with the offer of the Fund's  shares,
and, if given or made,  such other  information or  representations  must not be
relied upon as having been  authorized  by the Fund.  This  Prospectus  does not
constitute  an offer in any  State in  which,  or to any  person  to whom,  such
offering may not lawfully be made. A "Statement of Additional  Information,"  to
which  reference is made in this  Prospectus,  provides a further  discussion of
certain  areas in the  Prospectus  and other matters which may be of interest to
some investors and is available by request without cost as indicated herein. The
Prospectus and the Statement of Additional  Information omit certain information
contained in the Registration  Statement, to which reference is made, filed with
the SEC. Items which are thus omitted,  including  contracts and other documents
referred to or summarized herein and therein,  may be obtained from the SEC upon
payment of the prescribed fees.

                                       13
<PAGE>


(Right column)

                                L E X I N G T O N



                                    LEXINGTON
                                     GROWTH
                                       AND
                                     INCOME
                                   FUND, INC.

                                  (filled box)

                         (filled box) No sales charge
                         (filled box) No redemption fee
                         (filled box) Free telephone
                                      exchange privilege

                                  (filled box)

                               The Lexington Group
                                       of
                                     No-Load
                              Investment Companies


   
                              P R O S P E C T U S
                                 APRIL 29, 1996
    


(Left column)

Investment Adviser
- -------------------------------------------------------
LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
P.O. Box 1515/Park 80 West Plaza Two
Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663

Distributor
- -------------------------------------------------------
LEXINGTON FUNDS DISTRIBUTOR, INC.
P.O. Box 1515/Park 80 West Plaza Two
Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663

All shareholder requests for services of any kind 
should be sent to:

   
Transfer Agent
- -------------------------------------------------------
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
c/o National Financial Data Services
Lexington Funds
1004 Baltimore
Kansas City, Missouri 64105

or call toll free:
Service: 1-800-526-0056
Institutional/Financial Adviser Services: 1-800-367-9160
24 Hour Account Information: 1-800-526-0052


Table of Contents                                  Page
- -------------------------------------------------------
Fee Table ..........................................  2
Financial Highlights ...............................  2
Description of the Fund ............................  3
Investment Objective ...............................  3
Investment Policy and Restrictions .................  3
Portfolio Turnover .................................  5
Management of the Fund .............................  5
Portfolio Manager ..................................  5
Investment Adviser, Distributor and Administrator ..  5
How to Purchase Shares .............................  5
Determination of Net Asset Value ...................  6 
How to Redeem Shares ...............................  7
Shareholder Services ...............................  8
Exchange Privilege .................................  8
Tax-Sheltered Retirement Plans ..................... 10
Dividend, Distribution and Reinvestment Policy ..... 10
Distribution Plan .................................. 11
Tax Matters ........................................ 11
Performance Calculation ............................ 12
Custodian, Transfer Agent and
  Dividend Disbursing Agent ........................ 12
Counsel and Independent Auditors ................... 13
Other Information .................................. 13
    


<PAGE>

                     LEXINGTON GROWTH AND INCOME FUND, INC.

                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
                                 April 29, 1996

    This statement of additional  information which is not a prospectus,  should
be read in  conjunction  with the current  prospectus  of  Lexington  Growth and
Income Fund,  Inc.  (the "Fund") dated April 29, 1996, as it may be revised from
time to time.  To obtain a copy of the Fund's  prospectus  at no charge,  please
write to the Fund at P.O. Box 1515/Park 80 West - Plaza Two,  Saddle Brook,  New
Jersey 07663 or call the following toll-free numbers:

                                Shareholder Services: - 1-800-526-0056
            Institutional/Financial Adviser Services: - 1-800-367-9160
                         24-Hour Account Information: - 1-800-526-0052
    

Lexington  Management  Corporation  ("LMC")  serves  as  the  Fund's  investment
adviser. Lexington Funds Distributor, Inc. ("LFD") is the Fund's distributor.


   
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page

Investment Policy and Restrictions .........................................   2

Investment Adviser, Distributor and Administrator ..........................   3

Portfolio Turnover and Brokerage Allocations ...............................   4

Tax Sheltered Retirement Plans .............................................   4

Dividend, Distribution and Reinvestment Policy .............................   5

Distribution Plan ..........................................................   5

Tax Matters ................................................................   6

Management of the Fund .....................................................  11

Financial Statements .......................................................  14
    


                                       1
<PAGE>

                       INVESTMENT POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS

   
    The Fund's  principal  investment  objective  is long term  appreciation  of
capital.  Income return is a secondary objective.  The Fund shall not: (i) issue
senior securities;  (ii) underwrite securities of other issuers;  (iii) purchase
or sell real estate,  commodity contracts or commodities (however,  the Fund may
purchase  interests  in real  estate  investment  trusts  whose  securities  are
registered  under the Securities Act of 1933 and are readily  marketable);  (iv)
make loans to other  persons  except (a)  through  the  purchase of a portion or
portions of publicly  distributed  bonds,  notes,  debentures  and  evidences of
indebtedness authorized by its investment policy, or (b) through  investments in
"repurchase  agreements" (which are arrangements under which the Fund acquires a
debt security subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase it at a fixed
price  within a short  period),  provided  that no more  than 10% of the  Fund's
assets may be invested in repurchase  agreements which mature in more than seven
days;  (v) purchase the securities of another  investment  company or investment
trust except in the open market where no profit  results to a sponsor or dealer,
other than the  customary  broker's  commission;  (vi)  purchase any security on
margin or effect a short sale of a security;  (vii) buy securities  from or sell
securities  to any of its officers and  directors of the  investment  adviser or
principal  distributor  as  principal;  (viii)  contract to sell any security or
evidence of interest  therein  except to the extent that the same shall be owned
by the  Fund;  (ix)  retain  securities  of an  issuer  when  one or more of the
officers and directors of the Fund or the investment  adviser or a person owning
more than 10% of the stock of  either,  own  beneficially  more than 0.5% of the
securities  of such  issuer  and  the  persons  owning  more  than  0.5% of such
securities  together own  beneficially  more than 5% of the  securities  of such
issuer;  (x)  invest  more  than 5% of the  value  of its  total  assets  in the
securities of any one issuer nor acquire more than 10% of the outstanding voting
securities  of any one  issuer;  (xi)  invest in  companies  for the  purpose of
exercising  management or control;  or (xii)  concentrate  its  investments in a
particular industry; thus the Fund will not purchase a security if the immediate
effect  of such  purchase  would be to  increase  the  Fund's  holdings  in such
industry above 25% of the Fund's assets.
    


    The Fund  shareholder  vote  required  for  modification  of its  investment
policies  or  restrictions  is the  lesser  of:  (a) 67% or  more of the  voting
securities  present at a meeting if the  holders of more than 50% are present or
represented by proxy; or (b) more than 50% of the voting securities.


    In addition to the above fundamental investment  restrictions,  the Fund has
undertaken not to: a) invest an aggregate of more than 5% of its total assets in
the securities of unseasoned  issuers and equity securities of issuers which are
not readily marketable; b) purchase any class of securities of an issuer if such
purchase  would cause the Fund to own at the time of the purchase  more than 10%
of any such  class  of  securities  of an  issuer;  c)  invest  in puts,  calls,
straddles,  spreads, and any combination thereof; d) invest in interests in oil,
gas or other mineral exploration or development programs; or e) pledge, mortgage
or hypothecate the assets of the Fund to an extent greater than 15% of the gross
assets of the Fund taken at cost.

    The Fund has  authority  to  borrow  money  from a bank not in excess of the
lesser of: (a) 5% of the gross assets of the Fund at the current market value at
the time of such borrowing;  or (b) 10% of the gross assets of the Fund taken at
cost.  Any such  borrowing  may be  undertaken  only as a temporary  measure for
extraordinary or emergency purposes. This borrowing power has not been exercised
by the Fund's management.

    Although  the Fund has the right to  pledge,  mortgage  or  hypothecate  its
assets, in order to comply with a state statute,  the Fund will not, as a matter
of operating  policy while offering  shares in such state,  pledge,  mortgage or
hypothecate  its  portfolio  securities  to the  extent  that  at any  time  the
percentage of pledged  securities  will exceed 10% of the offering  price of the
Fund's shares.

    The Fund's investment portfolio may include repurchase  agreements ("repos")
with banks and dealers in U.S.  Government  securities.  A repurchase  agreement
involves the  purchase by the Fund of an  investment  contract  from a bank or a
dealer  in  U.S.  Government  securities  which  contract  is  secured  by  debt
securities  whose value is equal to or greater than the value of the  repurchase
agreement  including the agreed upon interest.  The agreement  provides that the
institution will repurchase the underlying securities at an agreed upon time and
price.  The total amount  received on repurchase  would exceed the price paid by
the Fund,  reflecting  an agreed upon rate of  interest  for the period from the
date of the  repurchase  agreement  to the  settlement  date,  and  would not be
related  to the  interest  rate on the  underlying  securities.  The  difference
between the total amount to be received upon the  repurchase  of the  securities
and the price  paid by the Fund  upon  their  acquisition  is  accrued  daily as
interest. If the institution defaults on the repurchase agreement, the Fund will
retain  possession  of the  underlying  securities.  In addition,  if bankruptcy
proceedings  are  commenced  with  respect  to the  seller,  realization  on the
collateral  by the Fund  may be  delayed  or  limited  and the  Fund  may  incur
additional costs. In such case the Fund will be subject to risks associated with
changes in the market value of the  collateral  securities.  The Fund intends to
limit repurchase agreements to transactions with institutions believed by LMC to
present  minimal  credit risk.  The 5%  diversification  limitation set forth in
subparagraph (x) above does not apply to obligations  issued or guaranteed as to
principal  and interest by the United  States  Government,  nor does it apply to
bank certificates of deposit, which are not classified by the Fund as securities
for the purposes of this limitation.


                                       2
<PAGE>

                INVESTMENT ADVISER, DISTRIBUTOR AND ADMINISTRATOR

    LMC, P.O. Box 1515/Park 80 West Plaza Two, Saddle Brook,  N.J. 07663, is the
investment adviser to the Fund, and, as such, advises and makes  recommendations
to the Fund with respect to its investments and investments policies.

    LMC is paid an  investment  advisory  fee at the annual rate of 0.75% of the
net assets of the Fund up to $100 million; 0.60% of such value in excess of $100
million up to $150 million;  0.50% of such value in excess of $150 million up to
$250  million;  and 0.40% of such value in excess of $250  million.  This fee is
computed on the basis of the Fund's  daily net assets and is payable on the last
business day of each month.

    Under the terms of the advisory  agreement LMC also pays the Fund's expenses
for office rent, utilities,  telephone,  furniture and supplies utilized for the
Fund's  principal  office and the salaries  and payroll  expense of officers and
directors of the Fund who are employees of LMC or its affiliates in carrying out
its duties under the investment advisory agreement.  The Fund pays all its other
expenses,  including  custodian and transfer agent fees,  legal and registration
fees,   audit  fees,   printing  of   prospectuses,   shareholder   reports  and
communications  required for regulatory purposes or for distribution to existing
shareholders, computation of net asset value, mailing of shareholder reports and
communications,  portfolio brokerage, taxes and independent directors' fees, and
furnishes  LFD,  at  printers  overrun  cost  paid by LFD,  such  copies  of its
prospectus,  annual, semi-annual and other reports and shareholder communication
as may be reasonably required for sales purposes.

   
    LMC must also  reimburse the Fund to the extent that all of the Fund's other
expenses (including the investment advisory fee) exclusive of interest and taxes
exceeding  2.5% of the first $30 million of the Fund's average daily net assets,
plus 2.0% of the next $70  million,  plus 1.5% of the Fund's  average  daily net
assets of $100  million.  In the event  that the  Fund's  expenses  exceed  such
limitation  at any month end, the  investment  advisory fee paid by the Fund for
such month is reduced  accordingly.  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995
no expense reimbursement was required.
    

    LMC's services are provided and its investment advisory fee is paid pursuant
to an agreement which will automatically  terminate if assigned and which may be
terminated by either party upon 60 days' notice.  The terms of the agreement and
any renewal thereof must be approved  annually by a majority of the Fund's Board
of  Directors,  including  a majority  of  directors  who are not parties to the
Agreement or "interested persons" of such parties, as such term is defined under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

    LMC serves as investment  adviser to other investment  companies and private
and institutional investment accounts.  Included among these clients are persons
and organizations which own significant amounts of capital stock of LMC's parent
(see below).  These clients pay fees which LMC  considers  comparable to the fee
levels for similarly served clients.

    LMC's  accounts are managed  independently  with reference to the applicable
investment  objectives and current security holdings,  but on occasion more than
one fund or  counsel  account  may seek to  engage in  transactions  in the same
security at the same time. To the extent practicable,  such transactions will be
effected  on a  pro-rata  basis  in  proportion  to the  respective  amounts  of
securities  to be  bought  and  sold  for  each  portfolio,  and  the  allocated
transactions  will be averaged as to price.  While this  procedure may adversely
affect the price or volume of a given Fund  transaction,  LMC believes  that the
ability  of the Fund to  participate  in  combined  transactions  may  generally
produce better executions overall.

Fund Advisory Fee Paid to LMC:

   
       Fiscal Year                             Investment Advisory
          Ended                                 Fees Paid to LMC
       -----------                             -------------------
          1993 ....................................  $950,002
          1994 ....................................   947,752
          1995 ....................................   935,397

    Of the directors,  executive officers or employees ("affiliated persons") of
the Fund, Messrs.  Corniotes,  DeMichele,  Faust, Hisey, Kantor,  Lavery, Luehs,
Petruski and Wapnick and Mmes.  Carnicelli,  Carr,  Curcio,  Gilfillan and Mosca
(see "Management of the Fund") may also be deemed affiliates of LMC by virtue of
being  officers,  directors  or  employees  thereof.  As of April 1,  1996,  all
officers and  directors of the Fund as a group owned of record and  beneficially
less than 1% of the capital stock of the Fund.
    

    LMC  also  acts  as   administrator   to  the  Fund  and  performs   certain
administrative and internal accounting  services,  including but not limited to,
maintaining  general  ledger  accounts,  regulatory  compliance,  preparation of
financial information for semiannual and annual reports,  preparing registration
statements,   calculating  net  asset  values,  shareholder  communications  and
supervision of the custodian of, transfer agent and provides facilities for such
services.  The Fund shall  reimburse  LMC for its actual cost in providing  such
services, facilities and expenses.



                                       3
<PAGE>

   
    LMC  and  LFD  are  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of  Lexington  Global  Asset
Managers,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation with offices at Park 80 West Plaza Two,
Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07663.  Descendants of Lunsford Richardson,  Sr., their
spouses,  trusts and other related  entities have a majority  voting  control of
outstanding shares of Lexington Global Asset Managers, Inc.
    

    LFD  also  serves  as  distributor  for  Fund  shares  under a  Distribution
Agreement  which is subject to annual approval by a majority of the Fund's Board
of  Directors,  including  a  majority  of  directors  who are  not  "interested
persons".

                  PORTFOLIO TURNOVER AND BROKERAGE ALLOCATIONS

    In the  selection  of  various  securities,  long-term  potential  will take
precedence over short term market  fluctuations.  While management maintains the
flexibility to sell portfolio  securities  regardless of how long they have been
held by the Fund, it is anticipated  that the Fund's annual  portfolio  turnover
rate will not exceed  100%. A rate of 100% could occur for example if all of the
securities  held by the Fund were  replaced  within a period  of one year.  High
portfolio  turnover  rates can result in  corresponding  increases  in brokerage
costs.

   
    Portfolio  turnover  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  dollar  value of the
portfolio  purchases  or sales  during  the  year,  whichever  is  less,  by the
securities  or short term notes.  The  turnover  rate for each of the last three
fiscal years was: 1993, 93.90%; 1994, 63.04% and 1995, 159.94%.
    

    The Fund's  foremost  consideration  in  selecting a broker is to obtain the
best  price  and  execution  of  orders.  From  time to time,  the Fund may seek
executions  of stock  exchange  listed  stocks on  markets  other than the stock
exchanges on a net or commission basis. In over-the-counter transactions, orders
are placed with the principal  market maker for the security being  purchased or
sold,  unless a better price could be obtained by placing the order with another
broker.

    Persons responsible for brokerage allocation are not obligated to obtain the
least expensive  execution.  The commission paid to a broker is only part of the
overall cost of an execution and accordingly,  the Fund does not intend to apply
a rigid  commission  formula in determining  execution costs. The Fund shall not
pay an exchange member, broker or dealer a commission for effecting a securities
transaction  in excess of the amount of  commission  another  member,  broker or
dealer  would  have  charged  in  effecting  that  transaction  unless  LMC,  in
connection with such transaction, shall make a good faith determination that the
amount of  commission  charged  was  reasonable  in relation to the value of the
brokerage  and  research  services  provided by such  member,  broker or dealer,
viewed in terms of either  that  particular  transaction  or the Fund's  overall
transactions.

   
    Brokerage  transactions  for the Fund  have not been  allocated  to  brokers
affiliated with Fund officers or directors or its investment adviser.  Brokerage
commissions paid for each of the last three fiscal years were:  1993,  $406,084;
1994, $209,559 and 1995, $520,808.
    

                         TAX SHELTERED RETIREMENT PLANS

    The Fund makes  available a variety of Prototype  Pension and Profit Sharing
Plans  including  a 401(k)  Salary  Reduction  Plan and a 403(b)(7)  Plan.  Plan
services are available by contacting the Shareholder  Services Department of the
Distributor at 1-800-526-0056.

    INDIVIDUAL  RETIREMENT  ACCOUNT (IRA):  Individuals  may make tax deductible
contributions  to their own Individual  Retirement  Accounts  established  under
Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code").  Married investors filing
a joint return neither of whom is an active participant in an employer sponsored
retirement  plan,  or who have an  adjusted  gross  income  of  $40,000  or less
($25,000 or less for single taxpayers) may continue to make a $2,000 ($2,250 for
spousal IRA's) annual  deductible IRA  contribution.  For adjusted gross incomes
over  $40,000  ($25,000  for  single  taxpayers),  the IRA  deduction  limit  is
generally  phased out ratably  over the next $10,000 of adjusted  gross  income,
subject to a minimum $200 deductible contribution. Investors who are not able to
deduct  a  full  $2,000  ($2,250  spousal)  IRA  contribution   because  of  the
limitations may make a non-deductible  contribution to their IRA to the extent a
deductible  contribution  is not allowed.  Federal  income tax on  accumulations
earned on  non-deductible  contributions  is  deferred  until such time as these
amounts are deemed  distributed  to an investor.  Rollovers  are also  permitted
under the Plan.  The  Disclosure  statement  required  by the  Internal  Revenue
Service ("IRS") is provided by the Fund.

    The minimum initial investment to establish a tax-sheltered plan through the
Fund is $250 for both Keogh  Plans and IRA  Plans.  Subsequent  investments  are
subject to a minimum of $50 for each account.

    SELF-EMPLOYED  RETIREMENT PLAN (HR-10):  Self-employed  individuals may make
tax deductible contributions to a prototype defined contribution pension plan or
profit sharing plan. There are,  however,  a number of special rules 



                                       4
<PAGE>

which apply when self-employed  individuals participate in such plans. Currently
purchase  payments under a self-employed  plan are deductible only to the extent
of the lesser of (i) $30,000 or (ii) 25% of the individuals earned annual income
(as  defined  in the  Code)  and in  applying  these  limitations  not more than
$200,000 of "earned income" may be taken into account.

    CORPORATE  PENSION  AND PROFIT  SHARING  PLANS:  The Fund makes  available a
Prototype Defined Contribution Pension Plan and a Prototype Profit Sharing Plan.

    All  purchases  and  redemptions  of Fund shares  pursuant to any one of the
Fund's tax sheltered plans must be carried out in accordance with the provisions
of the Plan. Accordingly, all plan documents should be reviewed carefully before
adopting or  enrolling  in the plan.  Investors  should  especially  note that a
penalty  tax of 10%  may  be  imposed  by the  IRS on  early  withdrawals  under
corporate,  Keogh or IRA Plans.  It is  recommended  by the IRS that an investor
consult a tax adviser  before  investing in the Fund through any of these plans.
An investor  participating  in any of the Fund's special plans has no obligation
to  continue to invest in the Fund and may  terminate  the Plan with the Fund at
any  time.   Except  for  expenses  of  sales  and   promotion,   executive  and
administrative  personnel,  and certain services which are furnished by LMC, the
cost of the  plans  generally  is borne by the Fund;  however,  each IRA Plan is
subject to an annual maintenance fee of $10.00 charged by the Agent.

                 DIVIDEND, DISTRIBUTION AND REINVESTMENT POLICY

    The Fund intends to pay quarterly dividends from investment income after the
close of each quarter, if earned and as declared by its Board of Directors.  The
Board of Directors  may, at its  discretion,  elect to retain or declare and pay
distributions from any realized security profits.

    Any  dividends  and  distribution  payments  will be reinvested at net asset
value,  without sales charge,  in additional  full and fractional  shares of the
Fund  unless and until the  shareholder  notifies  State  Street  Bank and Trust
Company (the  "Agent") in writing that he wants to receive his payments in cash.
This  request  must be  received  by the Agent at least  seven  days  before the
dividend  record date.  Upon receipt by the Agent of such  written  notice,  all
further  payments will be made in cash until  written  notice to the contrary is
received. An account of such shares owned by each shareholder will be maintained
by the Agent.

    Shareholders  whose  accounts are maintained by the Agent will have the same
rights as other  shareholders  with respect to shares so registered (see "How to
Purchase Shares - The Open Account" in the Prospectus).

                                DISTRIBUTION PLAN

    The Fund has adopted a  Distribution  Plan (the "Plan") in  accordance  with
Rule 12b-1 under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  which  provides that the
Fund may pay  distribution  fees including  payments to the  Distributor,  at an
annual rate not to exceed 0.25% of its average daily net assets for distribution
services.

    Distribution  payments will be made as follows:  The Fund either directly or
through the Adviser, may make payments periodically (i) to the Distributor or to
any  broker-dealer (a "Broker") who is registered under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934  and a  member  in good  standing  of the  National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc. and who has entered into a Selected Dealer  Agreement
with  the  Distributor,  (ii) to  other  persons  or  organizations  ("Servicing
Agents") who have entered into  shareholder  processing  and service  agreements
with the Adviser or with the  Distributor,  with respect to Fund shares owned by
shareholders  for which  such  Broker is the  dealer or holder of record or such
servicing agent has a servicing  relationship,  or (iii) for expenses associated
with  distribution  of Fund  shares,  including  the  compensation  of the sales
personnel of the Distributor;  payments of no more than an effective annual rate
of 0.25%,  or such lesser  amounts as the  Distributor  determines  appropriate.
Payments may also be made for any advertising and promotional  expenses relating
to  selling  efforts,  including  but not  limited to the  incremental  costs of
printing prospectuses,  statements of additional information, annual reports and
other periodic  reports for  distribution to persons who are not shareholders of
the Fund; the costs of preparing and distributing any other  supplemental  sales
literature;  costs  of  radio,  television,  newspaper  and  other  advertising;
telecommunications expenses,  including the cost of telephones,  telephone lines
and  other  communications  equipment,  incurred  by or for the  Distributor  in
carrying out its obligations under the Distribution Agreement.

    Quarterly,  in each year  that  this Plan  remains  in  effect,  the  Fund's
Treasurer  shall  prepare  and  furnish to the  Directors  of the Fund a written
report, complying with the requirements of Rule 12b-1, setting forth the amounts
expended  by the Fund under the Plan and  purposes  for which such  expenditures
were made.

    The Plan shall  become  effective  upon  approval  of the Plan,  the form of
Selected Dealer Agreement and the form of Shareholder Service Agreement,  by the
majority votes of both (a) the Fund's Directors and the Qualified  Directors (as


                                       5
<PAGE>

defined below),  cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on
the Plan and (b) the  outstanding  voting  securities of the Fund, as defined in
Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act.

    The Plan shall remain in effect for one year from its adoption  date and may
be continued  thereafter if this Plan and all related agreements are approved at
least  annually  a  majority  vote of the  Directors  of the Fund,  including  a
majority of the Qualified  Directors  cast in person at a meeting called for the
purpose of voting on such Plan and  agreements.  This Plan may not be amended in
order to increase materially the amount to be spent for distribution  assistance
without  shareholder  approval.  All  material  amendments  to this Plan must be
approved by a vote of the Directors of the Fund, and of the Qualified  Directors
(as hereinafter defined),  cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of
voting thereon.

    The Plan may be  terminated  at any time by a majority vote of the Directors
who are not interested  persons (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act)
of the Fund and have no direct or indirect  financial  interest in the operation
of the Plan or in any agreements related to the Plan (the "Qualified Directors")
or by vote of a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities of the Fund, as
defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act.

    While this Plan shall be in effect,  the  selection  and  nomination  of the
"non-interested"  Directors of the Fund shall be committed to the  discretion of
the Qualified Directors then in office.

                                   TAX MATTERS

    The  following is only a summary of certain  additional  tax  considerations
generally  affecting the Fund and its shareholders that are not described in the
Prospectus.  No attempt is made to  present a  detailed  explanation  of the tax
treatment of the Fund or its  shareholders,  and the discussions here and in the
Prospectus   are  not  intended  as   substitutes   for  careful  tax  planning.
Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company

    The Fund has elected to be taxed as a  regulated  investment  company  under
Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). As a
regulated  investment company,  the Fund is not subject to federal income tax on
the portion of its net investment income (i.e., taxable interest,  dividends and
other  taxable  ordinary  income,  net of expenses)  and capital gain net income
(i.e.,  the excess of capital gains over capital  losses) that it distributes to
shareholders,  provided  that it  distributes  at  least  90% of its  investment
company  taxable  income  (i.e.,  net  investment  income  and the excess of net
short-term  capital gain over net  long-term  capital loss) for the taxable year
(the  "Distribution  Requirement"),  and satisfies certain other requirements of
the Code that are  described  below.  Distributions  by the Fund made during the
taxable year or, under specified  circumstances,  within twelve months after the
close of the taxable year, will be considered  distributions of income and gains
of the taxable year and can therefore satisfy the Distribution Requirement.

    In  addition  to  satisfying  the  Distribution  Requirement,   a  regulated
investment  company  must:  (1)  derive at least 90% of its  gross  income  from
dividends,  interest,  certain payments with respect to securities loans,  gains
from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign  currencies
(to the  extent  such  currency  gains are  directly  related  to the  regulated
investment company's principal business of investing in stock or securities) and
other  income  (including  but not  limited  to gains from  options,  futures or
forward  contracts)  derived  with  respect to its business of investing in such
stock, securities or currencies (the "Income Requirement");  and (2) derive less
than 30% of its gross income  (exclusive of certain gains on designated  hedging
transactions  that are offset by realized  or  unrealized  losses on  offsetting
positions)  from the sale or other  disposition of stock,  securities or foreign
currencies (or options, futures or forward contracts thereon) held for less than
three months (the  "Short-Short  Gain Test").  However,  foreign currency gains,
including  those  derived from options,  futures and  forwards,  will not in any
event be  characterized  as Short-Short Gain if they are directly related to the
regulated investment company's investments in stock or securities (or options or
futures  thereon).  Because of the  Short-Short  Gain Test, the Fund may have to
limit the sale of  appreciated  securities  that it has held for less than three
months.  However,  the  Short-Short  Gain  Test will not  prevent  the Fund from
disposing of investments at a loss,  since the  recognition of a loss before the
expiration of the  three-month  holding period is disregarded  for this purpose.
Interest (including original issue discount) received by the Fund at maturity or
upon the  disposition  of a security held for less than three months will not be
treated  as gross  income  derived  from the sale or other  disposition  of such
security within the meaning of the Short-Short Gain Test.  However,  income that
is attributable to realized market  appreciation will be treated as gross income
from the sale or other disposition of securities for this purpose.

    In general,  gain or loss  recognized by the Fund on the  disposition  of an
asset  will  be a  capital  gain  or  loss.  However,  gain  recognized  on  the
disposition  of a debt  obligation  purchased  by the Fund at a market  discount
(generally,  at a price  less than its  principal  amount)  will be  treated  as
ordinary  income to the  extent of the  portion  of the  market  discount  which


                                       6
<PAGE>

accrued  during  the  period  of time the Fund  held  the  debt  obligation.  In
addition,  under the rules of Code Section 988,  gain or loss  recognized on the
disposition of a debt obligation  denominated in a foreign currency or an option
with respect thereto (but only to the extent  attributable to changes in foreign
currency  exchange  rates),  and gain or loss recognized on the disposition of a
foreign currency forward contract, futures contract, option or similar financial
instrument,  or  of  foreign  currency  itself,  except  for  regulated  futures
contracts or  non-equity  options  subject to Code Section 1256 (unless the Fund
elects otherwise), will generally be treated as ordinary income or loss.

    Treasury  Regulations permit a regulated  investment company, in determining
its investment  company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of
net  long-term  capital gain over net  short-term  capital loss) for any taxable
year,  to elect  (unless  it has made a taxable  year  election  for  excise tax
purposes as discussed  below) to treat all or any part of any net capital  loss,
any net long-term  capital loss or any net foreign  currency loss incurred after
October 31 as if it had been incurred in the succeeding year.

    In addition to satisfying the  requirements  described  above, the Fund must
satisfy  an  asset  diversification  test in  order to  qualify  as a  regulated
investment company.  Under this test, at the close of each quarter of the Fund's
taxable  year,  at least 50% of the value of the Fund's  assets must  consist of
cash and cash items, U.S. Government  securities,  securities of other regulated
investment companies,  and securities of other issuers (as to which the Fund has
not invested  more than 5% of the value of the Fund's total assets in securities
of such  issuer  and as to which  the Fund  does not hold  more  than 10% of the
outstanding voting securities of such issuer), and no more than 25% of the value
of its total assets may be invested in the  securities  of any one issuer (other
than U.S.  Government  securities and securities of other  regulated  investment
companies),  or in two or more  issuers  which the Fund  controls  and which are
engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses.

    If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a regulated  investment
company,  all of its taxable  income  (including  its net capital  gain) will be
subject  to  tax  at  regular   corporate   rates   without  any  deduction  for
distributions to  shareholders,  and such  distributions  will be taxable to the
shareholders  as  ordinary  dividends  to the extent of the Fund's  current  and
accumulated earnings and profits. Such distributions  generally will be eligible
for the  dividends-received  deduction  in the case of  corporate  shareholders.

Excise Tax on Regulated Investment Companies

    A 4% non-deductible  excise tax is imposed on a regulated investment company
that  fails  to  distribute  in each  calendar  year an  amount  equal to 98% of
ordinary taxable income for the calendar year and 98% of capital gain net income
for the one-year  period ended on October 31 of such  calendar  year (or, at the
election of a regulated investment company having a taxable year ending November
30 or  December  31, for its  taxable  year (a "taxable  year  election")).  The
balance of such income must be  distributed  during the next calendar  year. For
the  foregoing  purposes,  a regulated  investment  company is treated as having
distributed any amount on which it is subject to income tax for any taxable year
ending in such calendar year.

    For purposes of the excise tax, a regulated  investment  company shall:  (1)
reduce its capital  gain net income (but not below its net capital  gain) by the
amount of any net ordinary loss for the calendar year;  and (2) exclude  foreign
currency  gains and losses  incurred  after October 31 of any year (or after the
end of its taxable year if it has made a taxable year  election) in  determining
the amount of  ordinary  taxable  income  for the  current  calendar  year (and,
instead,  include such gains and losses in determining  ordinary  taxable income
for the succeeding calendar year).

    The Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions of
its ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income prior to the end of each
calendar year to avoid liability for the excise tax.  However,  investors should
note  that  the Fund may in  certain  circumstances  be  required  to  liquidate
portfolio  investments  to make  sufficient  distributions  to avoid  excise tax
liability. 

Fund Distributions

    The  Fund  anticipates  distributing  substantially  all of  its  investment
company taxable income for each taxable year. Such distributions will be taxable
to  shareholders  as ordinary income and treated as dividends for federal income
tax purposes, but they will qualify for the 70% dividends-received deduction for
corporate shareholders only to the extent discussed below.

    The Fund may either  retain or distribute  to  shareholders  its net capital
gain for each taxable year.  The Fund  currently  intends to distribute any such
amounts.  If net capital gain is  distributed  and  designated as a capital gain
dividend,  it will  be  taxable  to  shareholders  as  long-term  capital  gain,
regardless of the length of time the  shareholder has held his shares or whether
such gain was recognized by the Fund prior to the date on which the  shareholder
acquired his shares.


                                       7
<PAGE>

    Conversely, if the Fund elects to retain its net capital gain, the Fund will
be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carryovers)
at the 35%  corporate  tax rate.  If the Fund  elects to retain its net  capital
gain,  it is  expected  that the Fund also will  elect to have  shareholders  of
record  on the  last day of its  taxable  year  treated  as if each  received  a
distribution  of his pro rata  share of such  gain,  with the  result  that each
shareholder  will be  required  to report his pro rata share of such gain on his
tax return as long-term  capital gain,  will receive a refundable tax credit for
his pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain,  and will  increase  the
tax basis for his shares by an amount equal to the deemed  distribution less the
tax credit.

    Ordinary  income  dividends  paid by the Fund with respect to a taxable year
will qualify for the 70%  dividends-received  deduction  generally  available to
corporations  (other than  corporations,  such as S corporations,  which are not
eligible for the deduction) to the extent of the amount of qualifying  dividends
received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. A dividend
received by the Fund will not be treated as a qualifying  dividend (1) if it has
been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held for less
than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain  preferred  stock),  excluding  for
this purpose under the rules of Code Section 246(c)(3) and (4): (i) any day more
than 45 days (or 90 days in the case of certain  preferred stock) after the date
on which the stock becomes ex-dividend and (ii) any period during which the Fund
has an option to sell, is under a contractual  obligation to sell,  has made and
not closed a short sale of, is the grantor of a  deep-in-the-money  or otherwise
nonqualified  option to buy,  or has  otherwise  diminished  its risk of loss by
holding  other  positions  with  respect to, such (or  substantially  identical)
stock;  (2) to the extent that the Fund is under an  obligation  (pursuant  to a
short sale or otherwise)  to make related  payments with respect to positions in
substantially  similar  or related  property;  or (3) to the extent the stock on
which the dividend is paid is treated as  debt-financed  under the rules of Code
Section  246A.  Moreover,  the  dividends-received  deduction  for  a  corporate
shareholder may be disallowed or reduced (1) if the corporate  shareholder fails
to satisfy the foregoing  requirements with respect to its shares of the Fund or
(2)  by  application  of  Code  Section  246(b)  which  in  general  limits  the
dividends-received   deduction  to  70%  of  the  shareholder's  taxable  income
(determined without regard to the dividends-received deduction and certain other
items).

    Alternative  minimum tax ("AMT") is imposed in addition  to, but only to the
extent it exceeds, the regular tax and is computed at a maximum marginal rate of
28% for noncorporate  taxpayers and 20% for corporate taxpayers on the excess of
the taxpayer's  alternative  minimum  taxable income  ("AMTI") over an exemption
amount. In addition,  under the Superfund  Amendments and Reauthorization Act of
1986, a tax is imposed for taxable years beginning after 1986 and before 1996 at
the rate of 0.12% on the  excess  of a  corporate  taxpayer's  AMTI  (determined
without  regard to the  deduction  for this tax and the AMT net  operating  loss
deduction)  over  $2  million.  For  purposes  of  the  corporate  AMT  and  the
environmental   superfund  tax  (which  are  discussed  above),   the  corporate
dividends-received  deduction is not itself an item of tax preference  that must
be added back to taxable  income or is otherwise  disallowed  in  determining  a
corporation's AMTI. However,  corporate  shareholders will generally be required
to take the full  amount of any  dividend  received  from the Fund into  account
(without a  dividends-received  deduction) in determining  its adjusted  current
earnings,  which are used in computing an additional  corporate  preference item
(i.e.,  75% of the excess of a corporate  taxpayer's  adjusted  current earnings
over its AMTI (determined  without regard to this item and the AMT net operating
loss deduction)) includable in AMTI.

    Investment  income  that may be  received  by the Fund from  sources  within
foreign  countries may be subject to foreign taxes  withheld at the source.  The
United  States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign  countries  which
entitle the Fund to a reduced rate of, or exemption from,  taxes on such income.
It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since
the amount of the Fund's  assets to be  invested  in  various  countries  is not
known.

    Distributions  by the Fund that do not constitute  ordinary income dividends
or capital gain  dividends  will be treated as a return of capital to the extent
of (and in reduction of) the shareholder's  tax basis in his shares;  any excess
will be treated as gain from the sale of his shares, as discussed below.

    Distributions  by the Fund will be  treated in the  manner  described  above
regardless  of whether  such  distributions  are paid in cash or  reinvested  in
additional  shares of the Fund (or of another  fund).  Shareholders  receiving a
distribution  in the form of  additional  shares will be treated as  receiving a
distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares received,
determined as of the reinvestment  date. In addition,  if the net asset value at
the time a shareholder  purchases shares of the Fund reflects  undistributed net
investment  income  or  recognized   capital  gain  net  income,  or  unrealized
appreciation  in the  value of the  assets of the  Fund,  distributions  of such
amounts  will be  taxable to the  shareholder  in the  manner  described  above,
although such distributions  economically  constitute a return of capital to the
shareholder.

    Ordinarily, shareholders are required to take distributions by the Fund into
account  in the year in which the  distributions  are made.  However,  dividends
declared  in  October,   November  or  December  of  any  year  and  payable  to
shareholders  of record on a  specified  date in such a month  will be deemed to
have been received by the shareholders  



                                       8
<PAGE>

(and made by the Fund) on December 31 of such  calendar  year if such  dividends
are actually paid in January of the following year. Shareholders will be advised
annually as to the U.S. federal income tax  consequences of  distributions  made
(or deemed made) during the year.

    The Fund will be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the U.S.
Treasury 31% of distributions and the proceeds of redemption of shares,  paid to
any  shareholder  (1) who has provided  either an incorrect  tax  identification
number or no number at all, (2) who is subject to backup  withholding by the IRS
for failure to report the receipt of interest or dividend  income  properly,  or
(3) who has  failed  to  certify  to the Fund that it is not  subject  to backup
withholding  or that it is a corporation  or other "exempt  recipient."  

Sale or Redemption of Shares

    A  shareholder  will  recognize  gain or loss on the sale or  redemption  of
shares of the Fund in an amount equal to the difference  between the proceeds of
the sale or redemption and the  shareholder's  adjusted tax basis in the shares.
All or a portion of any loss so recognized may be disallowed if the  shareholder
purchases  other  shares of the Fund  within 30 days before or after the sale or
redemption.  In general,  any gain or loss  arising  from (or treated as arising
from) the sale or redemption  of shares of the Fund will be  considered  capital
gain or loss and will be long-term  capital gain or loss if the shares were held
for longer than one year.  However,  any capital  loss  arising from the sale or
redemption  of shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term
capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain  dividends  received on
such shares. For this purpose,  the special holding period rules of Code Section
246(c)(3) and (4)  (discussed  above in connection  with the  dividends-received
deduction for  corporations)  generally  will apply in  determining  the holding
period  of  shares.  Long-term  capital  gains  of  noncorporate  taxpayers  are
currently  taxed at a maximum rate 11.6% lower than the maximum rate  applicable
to ordinary income. Capital losses in any year are deductible only to the extent
of  capital  gains  plus,  in the case of a  noncorporate  taxpayer,  $3,000  of
ordinary income. 

Foreign Shareholders

    Taxation of a  shareholder  who, as to the United  States,  is a nonresident
alien  individual,  foreign  trust or estate,  foreign  corporation,  or foreign
partnership ("foreign shareholder"), depends on whether the income from the Fund
is  "effectively  connected"  with a U.S.  trade or business  carried on by such
shareholder.

    If the income from the Fund is not  effectively  connected with a U.S. trade
or business carried on by a foreign shareholder,  ordinary income dividends paid
to a foreign shareholder will be subject to U.S.  withholding tax at the rate of
30% (or lower treaty rate) upon the gross amount of the dividend. Such a foreign
shareholder  would  generally  be exempt from U.S.  federal  income tax on gains
realized on the sale of shares of the Fund,  capital gain  dividends and amounts
retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains.

    If the income from the Fund is  effectively  connected  with a U.S. trade or
business carried on by a foreign  shareholder,  then ordinary income  dividends,
capital gain  dividends,  and any gains  realized upon the sale of shares of the
Fund will be subject to U.S.  federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S.
citizens or domestic corporations.

    In the case of foreign noncorporate  shareholders,  the Fund may be required
to withhold U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 31% on  distributions  that are
otherwise  exempt from  withholding  tax (or taxable at a reduced  treaty  rate)
unless  the  shareholder  furnishes  the Fund with  proper  notification  of its
foreign status.

    The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits
of an  applicable  tax treaty may differ from those  described  herein.  Foreign
shareholders  are urged to consult  their own tax  advisers  with respect to the
particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund,  including the
applicability  of  foreign  taxes.  

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations

    The foregoing general  discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is
based on the Code and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder as in effect on
the date of this  Statement of Additional  Information.  Future  legislative  or
administrative   changes  or  court  decisions  may  significantly   change  the
conclusions  expressed  herein,  and any such  changes or  decisions  may have a
retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.

    Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary  income  dividends and capital
gain dividends from regulated  investment  companies often differ from the rules
for U.S.  federal income taxation  described  above.  Shareholders  are urged to
consult their tax advisers as to the  consequences  of these and other state and
local tax rules affecting investment in the Fund.


                                       9
<PAGE>

                             PERFORMANCE CALCULATION

    For purposes of quoting and comparing the performance of the Fund to that of
other mutual fund and to other relevant market indices in  advertisements  or in
reports to  shareholders,  performance  may be stated in terms of total  return.
Under the rules of the Securities and Exchange  Commission ("SEC rules"),  funds
advertising performance must include total return quotes calculated according to
the following formula:

   
         P(1+T)n  = ERV

Where:   P        = a hypothetical initial payment of $1000

         T        = average annual total return
         n        = number of years (1, 5 or 10)
         ERV      = ending  redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment 
                    made at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods 
                    at the end of the 1, 5 and 10 year periods 
                    (or fractional portion thereof).

    Under the foregoing  formula,  the time periods used in advertising  will be
based on rolling calendar  quarters,  updated to the last day of the most recent
quarter prior to submission of the advertising for  publication,  and will cover
one,   five,  and  ten  year  periods  or  a  shorter  period  dating  from  the
effectiveness of the Fund's  Registration  Statement.  In calculating the ending
redeemable  value,  all dividends and  distributions  by the Fund are assumed to
have been  reinvested  at the net asset value as described in the  Prospectus on
the  reinvestment  dates  during the  period.  The total  return,  or "T" in the
formula  above,  is computed by finding the average annual  compounded  rates of
return over the 1, 5 and 10 year periods (or  fractional  portion  thereof) that
would equate the initial amount  invested to the ending  redeemable  value.  Any
recurring  account charges that might in the future be imposed by the Fund would
be included at that time.  Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc.'s total return
for the 1,5 and 10 years ended December 31, 1995 is a follows:

                                                       Average Annual
            Period                                      Total Return
            ------                                      ------------
            1 year ended December 31, 1995 .............   22.57%
            5 years ended December 31, 1995 ............   13.54%
            10 years ended December 31, 1995 ...........   11.05%
    

    The Fund may also  from time to time  include  in such  advertising  a total
return figure that is not calculated according to the formula set forth above in
order to compare more accurately the performance of the Fund with other measures
of  investment  return.  For example,  in comparing the Fund's total return with
data published by Lipper Analytical  Services,  Inc., or with the performance of
the  Standard  &  Poor's  500  Composite  Stock  Price  Index  or the Dow  Jones
Industrial  Average,  the Fund  calculates  its  aggregate  total return for the
specified periods of time by assuming the reinvestment of each dividend or other
distribution at net asset value on the reinvestment date.  Percentage  increases
are  determined  by  subtracting  the initial value of the  investment  from the
ending value and by dividing the remainder by the beginning value.

             CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT

    Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., 1211 Avenue of the Americas,  New York, New York
10036  has  been  retained  to act as the  Custodian  for the  Fund's  portfolio
securities  including  those to be held by foreign banks and foreign  securities
depositories  which  qualify  as  eligible  foreign  custodians  under the rules
adopted by the S.E.C.  and for the Fund's domestic  securities and other assets.
State Street Bank and Trust Company, 225 Franklin Street, Boston,  Massachusetts
02181,  has been retained to act as the transfer  agent and dividend  disbursing
agent.  Neither  Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  N.A.  nor State  Street Bank and Trust
Company have any part in determining  the investment  policies of the Fund or in
determining  which portfolio  securities are to be purchased or sold by the Fund
or in the declaration of dividends and distributions.


                                       10
<PAGE>

                             MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
    The Fund's directors and executive officers and their principal  occupations
are:

   
*+ROBERT M. DEMICHELE,  President and Chairman. P.O. Box 1515 Saddle Brook, N.J.
    07663.   Chairman  and  Chief  Executive   Officer,   Lexington   Management
    Corporation;   Chairman  and  Chief  Executive   Officer,   Lexington  Funds
    Distributor,  Inc.; President and Director, Lexington Global Asset Managers,
    Inc.;  Director,  Unione  Italiana  Reinsurance;  Vice  Chairman of Board of
    Trustees,  Union  College;   Director,   Continental  National  Corporation;
    Director,   The  Navigator's  Group,  Inc.;   Chairman,   Lexington  Capital
    Management, Inc.; Chairman, LCM Financial Services, Inc.; Director, Vanguard
    Cellular Systems, Inc.; Chairman of the Board, Market Systems Research, Inc.
    and Market Systems Research Advisors, Inc. (registered investment advisors).
    Trustee, Smith Richardson Foundation.

*BEVERLEY C. DUER,  P.E.,   Director.   340 East 72nd  Street,   New York,  N.Y.
    Private Investor.  Formerly,  Manager of Operations Research Department, CPC
    International, Inc.
    

*+BARBARA R. EVANS,  Director.  5 Fernwood Road,  Summit,  N.J.  07901.  Private
    Investor.  Prior  to May  1989,  Assistant  Vice  President  and  Securities
    Analyst,  Lexington  Management  Corporation;  prior  to  March  1987,  Vice
    President - Institutional Equity Sales, L.F. Rothschild, Unterberg, Towbin.

   
*+LAWRENCE KANTOR,  Director and Vice  President.  P.O. Box 1515,  Saddle Brook,
    N.J.  07663.  Executive  Vice  President,  Managing  Director and  Director,
    Lexington  Management  Corporation;  Executive  Vice President and Director,
    Lexington  Funds  Distributor,  Inc.;  Executive  Vice President and General
    Manager-Mutual Funds, Lexington Global Asset Managers, Inc.
    

 +DONALD B. MILLER,  Director.  3689 Quail Ridge Drive,  Boynton Beach,  Florida
    33436.  Chairman,  Horizon Media,  Inc.;  Trustee,  Galaxy Funds;  Director,
    Maguire Group of Connecticut;  prior to January 1989, President,  C.E.O. and
    Director, Media General Broadcast Services (advertising firm).

 +JOHN  G.  PRESTON,  Director,  3  Woodfield  Road,  Wellesley,  Massachusetts.
    Associate Professor of Finance, Boston College, Boston, Massachusetts.

 +MARGARET W. RUSSELL,  Director,  55 North  Mountain  Avenue,  Montclair,  N.J.
    07042.  Private Investor,  formerly  Community Affairs Director,  Union Camp
    Corporation.

 +PHILIP C. SMITH,  Director,  87 Lord's  Highway,  Weston,  Connecticut  06883.
    Private  Investor;   Director,   Southwest   Investors  Income  Fund,  Inc.,
    Government Income Fund, Inc., U.S. Trend Fund, Inc.,  Investors Cash Reserve
    and Plimony Fund, Inc.(registered investment companies).

 +FRANCIS A.  SUNDERLAND,  Director,  309 Quito Place,  Castle Rock,  Co. 80104.
    Private Investor.

*+ALAN H. WAPNICK,  Vice  President.  P.O. Box 1515,  Saddle Brook,  N.J. 07663.
    Senior Vice  President,  Director of Domestic  Equity  Investment  Strategy,
    Lexington Management Corporation.

   
*+LISA CURCIO,Vice  President and Secretary.  P.O. Box 1515,  Saddle Brook, N.J.
    07663.   Senior  Vice   President  and   Secretary,   Lexington   Management
    Corporation;  Vice President and  Secretary,  Lexington  Funds  Distributor,
    Inc.; Secretary, Lexington Global Asset Managers, Inc.

 +RICHARD M. HISEY,  Vice President and Treasurer.  P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook,
    N.J.  07663.  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Managing  Director  and  Director,
    Lexington Management  Corporation;  Chief Financial Officer,  Vice President
    and Director,  Lexington Funds  Distributor,  Inc.; Chief Financial Officer,
    Market Systems Research Advisors,  Inc.;  Executive Vice President and Chief
    Financial Officer, Lexington Global Asset Managers, Inc.
    

 +RICHARD J. LAVERY, CLU ChFC, Vice President. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J.
    07663.  Senior  Vice  President,   Lexington  Management  Corporation;  Vice
    President, Lexington Funds Distributor, Inc.

*+JANICE A. CARNICELLI, Vice President. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.

*+CHRISTIE CARR, Assistant  Treasurer.  P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.
    Prior to October 1992, Senior Accountant, KPMG Peat Marwick.

 +SIOBHAN GILFILLAN,  Assistant  Treasurer.  P.O. Box 1515,  Saddle Brook,  N.J.
    07663.

*+THOMAS LUEHS,  Assistant  Treasurer.  P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.
    Prior to November, 1993, Supervisor Investment Accounting,  Alliance Capital
    Management, Inc.

   
*+SHERI MOSCA, Assistant Treasurer. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.
    

*+ANDREW PETRUSKI, Assistant Treasurer. P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07662.
    Prior to May 1994, Supervising Senior Accountant, NY Life Securities.  Prior
    to December 1990, Senior Accountant, Dreyfus Corporation.


                                       11
<PAGE>

   
*+PETER CORNIOTES, Assistant Secretary, P.O. Box 1515, Saddle Brook, N.J. 07663.
    Assistant  Vice  President and  Assistant  Secretary,  Lexington  Management
    Corporation. Assistant Secretary, Lexington Funds Distributor.
    

*+ENRIQUE J. FAUST,  Assistant  Secretary.  P.O. Box 1515,  Saddle  Brook,  N.J.
    07663. Prior to March 1994, Blue Sky Compliance Coordinator, Lexington Group
    of Investment Companies.

    *"Interested  person"  and/or  "Affiliated  person" of LMC as defined in the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
    +Messrs.  Corniotes,  DeMichele,  Duer, Faust, Hisey, Kantor, Lavery, Luehs,
Miller,  Petruski,  Preston, Smith, Sunderland and Wapnick and Mmes. Carnicelli,
Carr,  Curcio,  Evans,  Gilfillan,  Mosca, and Russell hold similar offices with
some  or  all  of the  other  registered  investment  companies  advised  and/or
distributed by Lexington Management Corporation and Lexington Funds Distributor,
Inc.

   
    The Board of Directors met 5 times during the twelve  months ended  December
31, 1995, and each of the Directors attended at least 75% of those meetings.

             Remuneration of Directors and Certain Executive Officers

    Each Director is reimbursed for expenses  incurred in attending each meeting
of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof.  Each Director who is not an
affiliate of the advisor is compensated  for his or her services  according to a
fee  schedule  which  recognizes  the fact that each  Director  also serves as a
Director of other investment  companies advised by LMC. Each Director receives a
fee,  allocated  among all investment  companies for which the Director  serves.
Effective  September  12, 1995 each Director  receives  annual  compensation  of
$24,000. Prior to September 12, 1995, the Directors who were not employed by the
Fund or its affiliates received annual compensation of $16,000.

    Set forth below is information regarding compensation paid or accrued during
the period January 1, 1995 to December 31, 1995 for each Director:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Aggregate           Total Compensation From             Number of
Name of Director            Compensation from        Fund and Fund Complex         Directorships in Fund
                                   Fund                                                  Complex
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                     <C>                               <C> 
Robert M. DeMichele                 0                        $0                             15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beverley C. Duer                  $1456                    22,616                           15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Barbara R. Evans                    0                         0                             14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lawrence Kantor                     0                         0                             14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Donald B. Miller                  $1456                   $20,616                           14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John G. Preston                   $1456                   $20,616                           14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Margaret Russell                  $1456                   $19,560                           13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip C. Smith                   $1456                   $20,616                           14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Francis A. Sunderland             $1456                   $19,560                           13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Retirement Plan for Eligible Directors/Trustees

    Effective September 12, 1995, the Directors instituted a Retirement Plan for
Eligible Directors/Trustees (the "Plan") pursuant to which each Director/Trustee
(who is not an  employee  of any of the Funds,  the  Advisor,  Administrator  or
Distributor or any of their affiliates) may be entitled to certain benefits upon
retirement from the Board.  Pursuant to the Plan, the normal  retirement date is
the date on which the  eligible  Director/Trustee  has  attained  age 65 and has
completed at least ten years of continuous and non-forfeited service with one or
more  of  the  investment   companies   advised  by  LMC  (or  its   affiliates)
(collectively,  the "Covered Funds"). Each eligible Director/Trustee is entitled
to receive from the Covered Fund an annual  benefit  commencing on the first day
of the calendar quarter coincident with or next following his date of retirement
equal  to  5%  of  his   compensation   multiplied   by  the   number   of  such
Director/Trustee's  years of service (not in excess of 15 years)  completed with
respect  to any of the  Covered  Portfolios.  Such  benefit  is  payable to each
eligible Director in quarterly  installments for ten years following the date of
retirement or the life of the Director/Trustee. The Plan establishes age 72 as a
mandatory  retirement  age for  Directors/Trustees;  however,  Director/Trustees
serving the Funds as of  September  12,  1995 are not subject to such  mandatory
retirement.  Directors/Trustees  serving the Funds as of September  12, 1995 who
elect  retirement  under the Plan prior to  September  12, 1996 will  receive an
annual retirement benefit at any increased compensation level if compensation is
increased prior to September 12, 1997 and receive
    



                                       12
<PAGE>

   
spousal  benefits  (i.e.,  in the  event  the  Director/Trustee  dies  prior  to
receiving full benefits under the Plan, the  Director/Trustee's  spouse (if any)
will be entitled to receive the retirement benefit within the 10 year period.)

    Retiring  Directors will be eligible to serve as Honorary  Directors for one
year after  retirement and will be entitled to be reimbursed for travel expenses
to attend a maximum of two meetings.

    Set forth in the table below are the estimated annual benefits payable to an
eligible  Director upon retirement  assuming  various  compensation and years of
service  classifications.  As of December 31, 1995, the estimated credited years
of service for Directors Duer, Miller,  Preston,  Russell,  Smith and Sunderland
are 18, 22, 18, 15, 26 and 36, respectively.

                          Highest Annual Compensation Paid by All Funds

                       $20,000        $25,000        $30,000        $35,000

        Years of
        Service              Estimated Annual Benefit Upon Retirement

          15           $15,000        $18,750        $22,500        $26,250
          14            14,000         17,500         21,000         24,500
          13            13,000         16,250         19,500         22,750
          12            12,000         15,000         18,000         21,000
          11            11,000         13,750         16,500         19,250
          10            10,000         12,500         15,000         17,500
    




                                       13
<PAGE>
Independent Auditors' Report

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc.:

     We have audited the  accompanying  statements of net assets  (including the
portfolio of  investments)  and assets and  liabilities of Lexington  Growth and
Income Fund,  Inc. as of December 31, 1995, the related  statement of operations
for the year then ended, the statements of changes in net assets for each of the
years in the two-year period then ended,  and the financial  highlights for each
of the years in the five-year period then ended. These financial  statements and
financial  highlights  are the  responsibility  of the  Fund's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to  express  an opinion  on these  financial  statements  and
financial highlights based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether the  financial  statements  and  financial
highlights are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence  supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial
statements.  Our  procedures  included  confirmation  of securities  owned as of
December 31, 1995 by  correspondence  with the custodian  and brokers.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement
presentation.  We believe  that our audits  provide a  reasonable  basis for our
opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements and financial highlights referred
to above present fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial  position of
Lexington  Growth and Income Fund,  Inc. as of December 31, 1995, the results of
its operations  for the year then ended,  the changes in its net assets for each
of the years in the two-year period then ended, and the financial highlights for
each of the  years in the  five-year  period  then  ended,  in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

                                                  KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

New York, New York
February 5, 1996


                                       14
<PAGE>


(Left column)

Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc.
Statement of Net Assets
(Including the Portfolio of Investments)
December 31, 1995            

Number of                                                      Value
Shares                       Security                        (Note 1)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
            COMMON STOCKS: 99.8%
            BANKING: 6.0%
 56,300     Bank of New York Company, Inc...............   $  2,744,625
 33,300     J P Morgan & Company........................      2,672,325
 85,500     US Bancorp..................................      2,869,594
                                                           ------------
                                                              8,286,544
                                                           ------------
            Capital Equipment: 16.3%
 37,300     Boeing Company..............................      2,923,388
 58,000     Ceridian Corporation1.......................      2,392,500
 83,700     Deere & Company.............................      2,950,425
 66,000     Dover Corporation...........................      2,433,750
 48,700     Fluor Corporation...........................      3,214,200
 38,600     Lockheed Martin Corporation.................      3,049,400
 88,200     Loral Corporation...........................      3,120,075
 18,600     Xerox Corporation...........................      2,548,200
                                                           ------------
                                                             22,631,938
                                                           ------------
            Chemicals-Specialty: 1.8%
 67,000     Union Carbide Corporation...................      2,512,500
                                                           ------------
            Consumer-Non Durable Goods: 9.6%
 36,900     CPC International, Inc. ....................      2,532,262
 41,000     Hershey Foods Corporation 2,665,000
 47,100     PepsiCo, Inc................................      2,631,712
 52,200     Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. ........      2,903,625
 30,600     Procter & Gamble Company....................      2,539,800
                                                           ------------
                                                             13,272,399
                                                           ------------
            Electrical And Electronics: 1.9%
 32,300     Hewlett-Packard Company.....................      2,705,125
                                                           ------------
            Energy Sources: 12.4%
 54,000     Burlington Resources, Inc. .................      2,119,500
102,200     Diamond Offshore Drilling, Inc.1 ...........      3,449,250
 62,000     Halliburton Company.........................      3,138,750
 25,900     Mobil Corporation...........................      2,900,800
106,300     Valero Energy Corporation...................      2,604,350
 67,900     Williams Companies, Inc. ...................      2,979,112
                                                           ------------
                                                             17,191,762
                                                           ------------
            Environmental Technology: 2.0%
 67,900     Millipore Corporation.......................      2,792,388
                                                           ------------

(Right column)

Number of                                                      Value
Shares                       Security                        (Note 1)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Financial Services: 14.2%
 59,000     American Express Company....................   $  2,441,125
 30,000     American International Group................      2,775,000
 27,700     Chubb Corporatio............................      2,679,975
 32,000     Foremost Corporation of America.............      1,632,000
 17,200     General Re Corporation......................      2,666,000
 39,700     Household International, Inc................      2,347,262
 37,000     NationsBank Corporation.....................      2,576,125
 77,400     Safeco Corporation..........................      2,675,137
                                                           ------------
                                                             19,792,624
                                                           ------------
            Health & Personal Care: 8.4%
 29,500     American Home Products Corporation..........      2,861,500
 56,000     Eli Lilly & Company.........................      3,150,000
 33,900     Johnson & Johnson...........................      2,902,688
 63,750     St. Jude Medical, Inc.1.....................      2,733,281
                                                           ------------
                                                             11,647,469
                                                           ------------
            Healthcare Miscellaneous: 2.2%
 34,400     PacifiCare Health Systems, Inc.1............      3,001,400
                                                           ------------
            Materials: 5.5%
 47,000     Aluminum Company of America.................      2,485,125
 36,300     FMC Corporation1  2,454,788
 46,800     Hercules, Inc...............................      2,638,350
                                                           ------------
                                                              7,578,263
                                                           ------------
            Medical Products & Supplies: 2.0%
 66,000     Abbott Laboratories.........................      2,755,500
                                                           ------------
            Merchandising: 5.7%
149,000     Borders Group, Inc.1........................      2,756,500
 73,000     Circuit City Stores, Inc. ..................      2,016,625
 86,000     Winn-Dixie Stores, Inc......................      3,171,250
                                                           ------------
                                                              7,944,375
                                                           ------------
            Services: 7.9%
 92,900     Ecolab, Inc. ...............................      2,787,000
 67,900     Meredith Corporation........................      2,843,313
 63,100     Service Corporation International...........      2,776,400
 54,000     Viacom, Inc.1 ..............................      2,558,250
                                                           ------------
                                                             10,964,963
                                                           ------------

                                       15
<PAGE>

(Left column)

Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc.
Statement of Net Assets
(Including the Portfolio of Investments)
December 31, 1995 (continued)

Number of                                                      Value
Shares                       Security                        (Note 1)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Telecommunications: 2.1%
 50,500     Ameritech Corporation.......................   $  2,979,500
                                                           ------------
            Transportation: 1.8%
 38,500     Union Pacific Corporation...................      2,541,000
                                                           ------------

            TOTAL COMMON STOCKS
              (cost $127,470,606).......................    138,597,750
                                                           ------------


(Right column)

Number of                                                      Value
Shares                       Security                        (Note 1)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
             SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS: 1.1%
$1,600,000   U.S. Treasury Bill
              5.15% due O1/04/96 (cost $1,599,313)......   $  1,599,313
                                                           ------------
             TOTAL INVESTMENTS: 100.9%
               (cost $129,069,919+) (Note 1)............    140,197,063
             Liabilities in excess 
               of other assets: (0.9%)..................     (1,296,523)
                                                           ------------
             TOTAL NET ASSETS: 100.0%
               (equivalent to $15.71 per share on
               8,844,228 shares outstanding.............   $138,900,540
                                                           ============

- ------------
1Non-income producing securities.
+Aggregate cost for Federal Income tax purposes is identical.

    The Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of this statement.

                                       16




<PAGE>

(Left column)

Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc.
Statement of Assets and Liabilities
December 31, 1995            

Assets

Investment in securities, at value
  (cost $129,069,919) (Note 1)..........................  $140,197,063
Cash....................................................        72,319
Receivable for shares sold..............................        96,171
Dividends and interest receivable.......................       256,956
                                                          ------------
  Total Assets..........................................   140,622,509
                                                          ------------
Liabilities
Due to Lexington Management Corporation
  (Note 2)..............................................        77,728
Payable for shares redeemed.............................        35,772
Distributions payable...................................     1,530,125
Accrued expenses........................................        78,344
                                                          ------------
  Total Liabilities.....................................     1,721,969
                                                          ------------
Net Assets (equivalent to $15.71 per share on
  8,844,228 shares outstanding) (Note 4)................  $138,900,540
                                                          ============
Net Assets consist of:
Capital stock-authorized 500,000,000
  shares, $.001 par value per share.....................  $      8,844
Additional paid-in capital (Note 1).....................   127,066,558
Undistributed net investment income
  (Note 1)..............................................       695,588
Accumulated net realized gains on
  investments (Note 1)..................................         2,406
Net unrealized appreciation of investments..............    11,127,144
                                                          ------------
                                                          $138,900,540
                                                          ============


(Right column)

Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc.
Statement of Operations
Year ended December 31, 1995            

Investment Income
Income
  Dividends...............................   $ 2,699,630
  Interest................................       543,200
                                             -----------
                                               3,242,830
  Less: foreign tax expense...............        13,227
                                             -----------
      Total investment income...........................  $  3,229,603

Expenses
  Investment advisory fee (Note 2.........       935,397
  Accounting and shareholder
    services expense (Note 2).............       198,790
  Custodian and transfer agent
    expenses..............................        56,625
  Printing and mailing....................        59,388
  Directors' fees and expenses............        10,371
  Audit and legal.........................        38,131
  Registration fees.......................        21,117
  Distribution expenses (Note 3)..........        31,339
  Computer processing fees................        17,483
  Other expenses..........................        56,229
                                             -----------
      Total expenses....................................     1,424,870
                                                          ------------
      Net investment income.............................     1,804,733

Realized and Unrealized Gain on Investments
(Note 5)
Net realized gain on
  investments...........................................    15,931,202
Net change in unrealized appreciation on
  investments...........................................     9,051,101
                                                          ------------
    Net realized and unrealized gain....................    24,982,303
                                                          ------------
Increase in Net Assets Resulting
  from Operations.......................................  $ 26,787,036
                                                          ============

   The Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.



                                       17
<PAGE>

(Left column)

Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc.
Statements of Changes in Net Assets
Years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994

                                                      1995             1994
                                                  ------------     ------------
Net investment income...........................  $  1,804,733     $  1,410,631
Net realized gain from security 
  transactions..................................    15,931,202        7,178,841
Increase (decrease) in unrealized
  appreciation of investments...................     9,051,101      (12,748,337)
                                                  ------------     ------------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets
    resulting from operations...................    26,787,036       (4,158,865)
Distributions to shareholders from net
  investment income ............................    (1,809,688)      (1,348,135)
Distributions to shareholders from net
  realized gains from security
  transactions .................................   (13,290,821)      (7,199,281)
Distributions to shareholders in excess of
  net realized gains from security
  transactions (Note 1).........................          -          (1,937,432)
Increase in net assets from capital
  share transactions (Note 4)...................     2,925,345        4,424,144
                                                  ------------     ------------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets.........    14,611,872      (10,219,569)

Net Assets
  Beginning of period...........................   124,288,668      134,508,237
                                                  ------------     ------------
  End of period (including undistributed
    net investment income of $695,588
    and $62,496, respectively) (Note 1).........  $138,900,540     $124,288,668
                                                  ============     ============
The Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1995 and 1994

1.  Significant Accounting Policies

Lexington  Growth and Income Fund,  Inc. (the "Fund") is an open end diversified
management  investment  company  registered under the Investment  Company Act of
1940,  as  amended.  The Fund's  principal  investment  objective  is  long-term
appreciation  of capital.  Income is a secondary  objective.  The following is a
summary  of the  significant  accounting  policies  followed  by the Fund in the
preparation of its financial statements:

   Securities  Security  transactions  are  accounted for on a trade date basis.
Realized  gains and  losses  from  security  transactions  are  reported  on the
identified  cost basis.  Investments are stated at market value based on closing
prices  reported by the exchanges on which the securities are traded on the last
business day of the period or, for over-the-


(Right column)

counter  securities,  at the average  between bid and asked  prices.  Short-term
securities  are  stated at  amortized  cost  which  approximates  market  value.
Securities  for which  market  quotations  are not readily  available  and other
assets are valued at fair value as determined by management and approved in good
faith  by  the  Board  of  Directors.   Dividend  income  and  distributions  to
shareholders are recorded on the ex-dividend date. Interest income is accrued as
earned.

     Distributions In accordance with Statement of Position 93-2: Determination,
Disclosure  and Financial  Statement  Presentation  of Income,  Capital Gain and
Return of Capital  Distributions  by  Investment  Companies,  as of December 31,
1995, book and tax differences  amounting to $62,496 have been reclassified from
undistributed net investment income to additional paid-in capital.  In addition,
$700,543 was reclassified  from accumulated net realized gains on investments to
undistributed net investment income. As of December 31, 1994, book and tax basis
differences  amounting to $29,385 have been reclassified from  undistributed net
investment income and distributions in excess of net realized gain to additional
paid-in capital. Distributions in excess of net realized gains reflect temporary
book-tax  differences arising from Internal Revenue Code Excise Tax distribution
requirements  and  associated  post-October  loss  deferral  provisions,   which
effectively  allow the deferral of some net realized  capital losses to the next
tax year.

     Federal  Income  Taxes  It is the  Fund's  intention  to  comply  with  the
requirements of the Internal  Revenue Code  applicable to "regulated  investment
companies"  and to  distribute  all of its taxable  income to its  shareholders.
Therefore, no provision for Federal income taxes has been made.

2.  Investment Advisory Fee and Other
    Transactions with Affiliate

The Fund pays an  investment  advisory fee to Lexington  Management  Corporation
("LMC") at an annual rate of 0.75% of the Fund's  average daily net assets up to
$100  million and in  decreasing  stages to 0.4% of average  daily net assets in
excess of $250 million. The investment advisory contract provides that the total
annual expenses of the Fund (including  management fees, but excluding interest,
taxes,  brokerage  commissions and  extraordinary  expenses) will not exceed the
level of expenses which the Fund is permitted to bear under the most restrictive
expense  limitation imposed by any state in which shares of the Fund are offered
for sale. No  reimbursement  was required for the year ended  December 31, 1995.

The Fund also  reimburses  LMC for certain  expenses,  including  accounting and
shareholder  servicing  costs,  which are  incurred by the Fund but paid by LMC.




                                       18




<PAGE>

(Left column)

Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc. 
Notes to Financial Statements  
December 31, 1995 and 1994 (continued)

3.  Distribution Plan

The Fund has a Distribution  Plan (the "Plan") which allows  payments to finance
activities  associated  with the  distribution  of the Fund's  shares.  The plan
provides  that the  Fund may pay  distribution  fees on a  reimbursement  basis,
including  payments to Lexington Fund  Distributors,  Inc.  ("LFD"),  the Fund's
distributor,  in amounts  not  exceeding  0.25% per annum of the Fund's  average
daily net assets.  Total  distribution  expenses for the year ended December 31,
1995 were $31,339 which are set forth in the statement of operations.

4.  Capital Stock

Transactions in capital stock were as follows:

                               Year Ended                 Year Ended
                           December 31, 1995           December 31, 1994
                         ------------------------   ------------------------
                           Shares        Amount       Shares        Amount
                         ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
Shares sold.............    423,165   $ 6,632,289      890,121   $14,369,520
Shares issued to share-
  holders on reinvest-
  ment of dividends.....    854,913    13,393,562      640,376     9,254,980
                         ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
                          1,278,078    20,025,851    1,530,497    23,624,500
Shares redeemed......... (1,087,805)  (17,100,506)  (1,199,120)  (19,200,356)
                         ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
Net increase............    190,273   $ 2,925,345      331,377   $ 4,424,144
                         ==========   ===========   ==========   ===========

(Right column)

5.  Purchases and Sales of Investment Securities

The cost of purchases and proceeds  from sales of securities  for the year ended
December  31, 1995,  excluding  short-term  securities,  were  $196,540,300  and
$196,214,523, respectively.

At December 31, 1995, aggregate gross unrealized appreciation for all securities
in which there is an excess of value over tax cost amounted to  $13,689,179  and
aggregate gross unrealized  depreciation for all securities in which there is an
excess of tax cost over value amounted to $2,562,035.

6.  Investment Risks

The Fund's ability to invest in foreign securities may involve risks not present
in domestic  investments.  Since  foreign  securities  may be  denominated  in a
foreign currency and involve settlement and pay interest or dividends in foreign
currencies,  changes in the relationship of these foreign currencies to the U.S.
dollar can significantly affect the value of the investments and earnings of the
Fund.  Foreign  investments  may also  subject  the Fund to  foreign  government
exchange  restrictions,  expropriation,  taxation or other political,  social or
economic  developments,  all of which could affect the market and/or credit risk
of the investments.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Highlights
Selected per share data for a share outstanding throughout the period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Year ended December 31,
                                                            --------------------------------------------------
                                                             1995       1994       1993       1992       1991
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>   
Net asset value, beginning of period....................    $14.36     $16.16     $16.25     $16.39     $14.24
                                                            ------     ------     ------     ------     ------
Income from investment operations:
  Net investment income.................................       .22        .17        .21        .23        .35
  Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments      3.00       (.68)      1.94       1.79       3.17
                                                            ------     ------     ------     ------     ------
Total income (loss) from investment operations..........      3.22       (.51)      2.15       2.02       3.52
                                                            ------     ------     ------     ------     ------
Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income..................      (.22)      (.16)      (.21)      (.32)      (.35)
  Distributions from net realized capital gains.........     (1.65)      (.91)     (2.03)     (1.84)     (1.02)     
  Distributions in excess of net realized gains
    (temporary book-tax difference).....................       -         (.22)       -          -          -
                                                            ------     ------     ------     ------     ------
Total distributions.....................................     (1.87)     (1.29)     (2.24)     (2.16)     (1.37)
                                                            ------     ------     ------     ------     ------
Net asset value, end of period..........................    $15.71     $14.36     $16.16     $16.25     $16.39
                                                            ======     ======     ======     ======     ======
Total return............................................    22.57%     (3.11%)    13.22%     12.36%     24.87%

Ratios to average net assets:
  Expenses..............................................     1.09%      1.15%      1.29%      1.20%      1.13%
  Net investment income.................................     1.38%      1.06%      1.20%      2.57%      2.19%
Portfolio turnover......................................   159.94%     63.04%     93.90%     88.13%     80.33%
Net assets at end of period (000's omitted).............  $138,901   $124,289   $134,508   $126,241   $121,263

</TABLE>
    

                                       19

<PAGE>

PART C.   OTHER INFORMATION
          -----------------
Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits - List
          ----------------------------------------
     The Annual Report for the year ending December 31, 1995 was filed
electronically on February 21, 1996 (as form type N-30D).  Financial
statements from this 1995 Annual Report have been included in the
Statement of Additional Information.

                                                Page in the Statement
   (a) Financial Statements:                    of Additional Information
       --------------------                     -------------------------
       Report of Independent Auditors                      14
       dated February 5, 1996 

       Statement of Net Assets (Including                  15
       the Portfolio of Investments) at
       December 31, 1995 (1)

       Statement of Assets and Liabilities                 16
       at December 31, 1995 

       Statement of Operations for the year                17
       ended December 31, 1995 (2)

       Statements of Changes in Net Assets for             18
       the years ended December 31, 1995
       and December 31, 1994

       Notes to financial statements                       18

       Schedules II-VII and other Financial Statements, for
       which provisions are made in the applicable accounting
       regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
       are omitted because they are not required under the
       related instructions, they are inapplicable, or the
       required information is presented in the financial
       statements or notes thereto.

       (1) Includes the information required by Schedule I.

       (2) Includes the information required by the Statement of 
           Realized Gain or Loss on Investments

<PAGE>


ITEM 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits - List
          ----------------------------------------
(b) Exhibits:
                                                
1.     Articles of Incorporation - Filed 4/13/88 -        Filed electronically

2.     By-Laws - Filed 4/13/88 - Incorporated by reference

3.     Not Applicable

4.     Stock Certificate Specimen - Filed 4/13/88 - 
       Incorporated by reference

5.     Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant 
       and Lexington Management Corporation -             Filed electronically

6.     Distribution Agreement between Registrant 
       and Lexington Funds Distributor, Inc. - 
       Filed 4/30/91 - Incorporated by reference

7.     Not Applicable

8a.    Form of Custodian Agreement between        
       Registrant and Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. - 
       Filed electronically 4/28/95 - Incorporated by
       reference

8b.    Transfer Agency Agreement between Registrant       
       and State Street Bank and Trust Company -          Filed electronically

9.     Form of Administrative Services Agreement  
       between Registrant and Lexington Management 
       Corporation - Filed electronically 4/28/95 - 
       Incorporated by reference 

10.    Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities 
       being registered - Filed 5/26/72 - 
       Incorporated by reference

11.    Consents
       (a) Consent of Counsel                             Filed electronically
       (b) Consent of Independent Auditors                Filed electronically

12.    Not Applicable

13.    Not Applicable

14.    Model Retirement Plan                              Filed electronically

15.    Form of Distribution Plan under Rule 12b-1 
       and Related Agreements - Filed 3/13/92 - 
       Incorporated by reference

16.    Performance Calculation - Filed 4/25/89 - 
       Incorporated by reference

17.    Financial Data Schedule                            Filed electronically

<PAGE>


Item 25.  Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant
          -------------------------------------------------------------
       Furnish a list or diagram of all persons directly or indirectly
controlled by or under common control with the Registrant and as to each
such person indicate (1) if a company, the state or other sovereign
power under the laws of which it is organized, (2) the percentage of
voting securities owned or other basis of control by the person, if any,
immediately controlling it.

       None.


Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities
          -------------------------------
       State in substantially the tabular form indicated, as of a
specified date within 90 days prior to the date of filing, the number of
record holders of each class of securities of the Registrant.

       The following information is given as of April 1, 1996:

       Title of Class                        Number of Record Holders
       
       Capital Stock                                 6,926
       ($0.001 par value)


Item 27.  Indemnification
          ---------------
       State the general effect of any contract, arrangements or statute
under which any director, officer, underwriter or affiliated person of
the Registrant is insured or indemnified in any manner against any
liability which may be incurred in such capacity, other than insurance
provided by any director, officer, affiliated person or underwriter for
their own protection.

       Under the terms of the Maryland General Corporation Law and the
Company's By-Laws, the Company may indemnify any person who was or is a
director, officer or employee of the Company to the maximum extent
permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law; provided, however,
that Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a
determination that indemnification of such persons is proper in the
circumstances.  Such determination shall be made (i) by the Board of
Directors, by a majority vote of a quorum which consists of directors
who are neither "interested persons" of Company as defined in Section
2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, nor parties to the proceeding, or (ii) if the
required quorum is not obtainable or if a quorum of such directors so
directs by independent legal counsel in a written opinion.  No
indemnification will be provided by the Company to any director or
officer of the Company for any liability by the Company or Shareholders
to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance,
bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty.

<PAGE>


Item 28.  Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser
          ----------------------------------------------------
       Describe any other business, profession, vocation or employment of
a substantial nature in which the investment adviser of the Registrant,
and each director, officer or partner of any such investment adviser, is
or has been, at any time during the past two fiscal years, engaged for
his own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee,
partner or trustee.

       See Prospectus Part A and Statement of Additional Information Part
B ("Management of the Fund").


Item 29.  Principal Underwriters
          ----------------------
     (a)  Lexington Money Market Trust
          Lexington Tax Free Money Fund, Inc.
          Lexington Worldwide Emerging Markets Fund, Inc.
          Lexington GNMA Income Fund, Inc.
          Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc.
          Lexington Ramirez Global Income Fund
          Lexington Goldfund, Inc.
          Lexington Global Fund, Inc.
          Lexington Natural Resources Trust
          Lexington Strategic Investments Fund, Inc.
          Lexington Strategic Silver Fund, Inc.
          Lexington Convertible Securities Fund
          Lexington International Fund, Inc.
          Lexington Emerging Markets Fund, Inc.
          Lexington Corporate Leaders Trust Fund
          Lexington Crosby Small Cap Asia Growth Fund, Inc.
          Lexington SmallCap Value Fund, Inc.

<PAGE>

29 (b)

                        Position and Offices               Position and
Name and Principal      with Principal                     Offices with
Business Address        Underwriter                        Registrant  
- ------------------      --------------------               ------------

Peter Corniotes*        Assistant Secretary                Asst. Secretary

Lisa Curcio*            Vice President and                 Secretary
                        Secretary

Robert M. DeMichele*    Chief Executive Officer            Chairman of the
                        and Chairman                       Board and President

Richard M. Hisey*       Chief Financial Officer,           Vice President and
                        Vice President & Director          Treasurer

Lawrence Kantor*        Executive Vice President           Director & Vice
                        and Director                       President

Richard Lavery*         Vice President                     Vice President

Janice Violette*        Assistant Treasurer                None


(c)
Not Applicable.
               
*P.O. Box 1515
 Saddle Brook, New Jersey  07663

<PAGE>


Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records
          --------------------------------
     With respect to each account, book or other document
required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules
(17 CFR 270, 31a-1 to 31a-3) promulgated thereunder, furnish the name
and address of each person maintaining physical possession of each such
account, book or other document.

     The Registrant, Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc., Park
80 West - Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07663 will maintain
physical possession of each such account, book or other document of the
Company, except for those maintained by the Registrant's Custodian,
Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., 1211 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New
York 10036, or Transfer Agent, State Street Bank and Trust Company, c/o
National Financial Data Services, 1004 Baltimore, Kansas City, Missouri 
64105.


Item 31.  Management Services
          -------------------
     Furnish a summary of the substantive provisions of any
management-related service contract not discussed in Part A or B of this
Form (because the contract was not believed to be material to a
purchaser of securities of the Registrant) under which services are
provided to the Registrant, indicating the parties to the contract, the
total dollars paid and by whom for the last three fiscal years.

     None.


Item 32.  Undertakings - 
          --------------
     The Registrant, Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc.,
     undertakes to furnish a copy of the Fund's latest annual
     report, upon request and without charge, to every person to
     whom a prospectus is delivered.

<PAGE>






                                              Registration No. 2-14767
     
                                                                         
 
             Securities and Exchange Commission

                   Washington, D.C.  20549

                                               

                          Exhibits

                         Filed With

                          Form N-1A
                              
                                               


           LEXINGTON GROWTH AND INCOME FUND, INC.

<PAGE>

                        EXHIBIT INDEX



The following documents are being filed electronically as exhibits to
this filing:

Form of Articles of Incorporation

Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Lexington
   Management Corporation

Form of Transfer Agency Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank
   and Trust Company

Consent of Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen, Kamin & Frankel

Consent of independent auditors for the inclusion of their report herein

Model Retirement Plan

Article 6 Financial Data Schedule

Cover


<PAGE>

                         SIGNATURES


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the
Investment Company Act of 1940 the Registrant certifies that it meets
all of the requirements for effectiveness of this amendment to the
Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act
of 1933 and has duly caused this amendment to be signed on its behalf by
the Undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Saddle Brook
and State of New Jersey, on the 29th day of April, 1996.


                                   LEXINGTON GROWTH AND INCOME FUND, INC.


                                   /s/  Robert M. DeMichele
                                   ________________________________________
                                   By Robert M. DeMichele
                                      Chairman of the Board


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
amendment to the  Registration Statement has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


Signature                     Title                    Date

/s/  Robert M. DeMichele
__________________________    Chairman of the Board    April 29, 1996
Robert M. DeMichele           Principal Executive
                              Officer

/s/  Richard M. Hisey
__________________________    Principal Financial      April 29, 1996
Richard M. Hisey              and Accounting Officer


/s/  Lisa Curcio
__________________________    Principal Compliance     April 29, 1996
Lisa Curcio                   Officer


*Beverley C. Duer, P.E.       Director                 April 29, 1996
__________________________
 Beverley C. Duer, P.E.


*Barbara M. Evans             Director                 April 29, 1996
__________________________
 Barbara M. Evans

<PAGE>


Signature                     Title                    Date

*Lawrence Kantor              Director                 April 29, 1996
__________________________
 Lawrence Kantor


*Donald B. Miller             Director                 April 29, 1996
__________________________
 Donald B. Miller


*John G. Preston              Director                 April 29, 1996
__________________________
 John G. Preston


*Margaret W. Russell          Director                 April 29, 1996
__________________________
 Margaret W. Russell


*Philip C. Smith              Director                 April 29, 1996
__________________________
 Philip C. Smith


*Francis A. Sunderland        Director                 April 29, 1996
__________________________
 Francis A. Sunderland



     /s/  Lisa Curcio
*By: ______________________
     Lisa Curcio
     Attorney-in-Fact


                       LEXINGTON RESEARCH FUND, INC.
       
                          ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

     Lexington Research Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation having
its principal office in Baltimore City, Maryland (hereinafter
called  Corporation ), hereby certifies:

     FIRST: The charter of the Corporation is amended by
striking out Article Second of the Articles of Incorporation and
inserting in lieu thereof the following:

             Second:     The name of the Corporation
            is LEXINGTON GROWTH AND INCOME FUND,
            INC.  (hereinafter called the
            Corporation).

     SECOND:   The amendment of the charter of the Corporation as
hereinabove set forth has been duly advised by the Board of
Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lexington Research Fund, Inc. has caused
this instrument to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its
Vice President, Lawrence Kantor, and attested by its Secretary,
Lisa A. Curcio, on the 30th day of April, 1991.

     The undersigned acknowledges these Articles of Amendment to
be the corporate act of the Corporation and states that to the
best of his or her knowledge, information and belief the matters
and facts set forth therein with respect to the authorization and
approval thereof are true in all material respects and that this
statement is made under the penalties of perjury.


ATTEST:                       LEXINGTON RESEARCH FUND, INC.

     Lisa Curcio                          Lawrence Kantor 
_________________________          By:__________________________
     Secretary                            Vice President

****************************************************************************


                         ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                    OF

                       LEXINGTON RESEARCH FUND, INC.

     FIRST: THE UNDERSIGNED, John W. Scheflen, whose address is
1800 Mercantile Bank Building, 2 Hopkins Plaza, Baltimore,
Maryland 21201, being at least eighteen years of age, does, under
and by virtue of the general laws of the State of Maryland
authorizing the formation of corporations, act as incorporator
with the intention of forming a corporation.

     SECOND:   The name of the corporation is Lexington Research
Fund, Inc. (hereinafter called the  Corporation ).

     THIRD: The purpose for which the Corporation is formed and
the business or objects to be transacted, carried on and promoted
by it, is to act as an open-end investment company of the
management type registered as such with the Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940
and to exercise and generally to enjoy all of the powers, rights
and privileges granted to, or conferred upon, corporations by the
general laws of the State of Maryland now or hereafter in force.

     FOURTH:   The post office address of the principal office of
the Corporation in the State of Maryland is 100 Light Street, 6th
Floor, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.  The name of the resident agent
of the Corporation in Maryland is the Corporation Trust
Incorporated, 32 South Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

     FIFTH: The total number of shares of capital stock which
the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 500,000,000
shares of Common Stock of the par value of $.001 each.  The
aggregate par value of capital stock of all classes or series is
$500,000.

     SIXTH: The preferences, conversion and other rights,
voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends,
qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption of the Common
Stock of the Corporation, shall be as follows:

     (a)  To the extent that the Corporation has funds or
property legally available therefor, each holder of shares of
stock of the Corporation, upon proper written request (including
signature guarantees, if required by the Board of Directors) to
the Corporation accompanied, when stock certificates representing
such shares are outstanding, by surrender of the appropriate stock
certificate or certificates in proper form for transfer, or any
such form as the Board of Directors may provide, shall be entitled
to require the Corporation to redeem all or any number of the
shares outstanding in the name of such holder on the books of the
Corporation, at the net asset value of such shares computed as
hereinafter provided. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of
Directors of the Corporation may suspend the right of the holders
of the shares of stock of the Corporation to require the
Corporation to redeem such shares when permitted or required to do
so by the Investment Company Act of 1940 or any rule or regulation
of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

     When the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including a
majority of the Directors who are not  interested persons  as
defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
determines in its sole discretion, that the action is necessary
for the business success and general welfare of the Corporation in
order to reduce disproportionate and unduly burdensome expenses in
the operation of the Corporation s affairs, to achieve
efficiencies in the administration of its activities, or to reduce
or eliminate excessive expenditures and undue difficulties in
servicing, accounting and reporting requirements with respect to
the accounts of shareowners, it may by resolution order the
redemption of all shares of the stock of the Corporation at the
net asset value of such shares computed as hereinafter provided in
accounts having a net asset value for a period of three months
less than that specified in such resolution (but not exceeding
$1,000.00 on the date of notice), excepting accounts having a net
asset value less than that specified in such resolution as a
result of a decline in the net asset value per share, following
notice to affected holders by mail, postage prepaid, at their
addresses contained in the books and records of the Corporation or
its transfer agent, and subject to such other reasonable terms and
conditions as the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion,
determine appropriate and desirable and to any requirements of
applicable statutes or regulations.

     (b)  No holder of shares of stock of the Corporation shall,
as such holder, have any right to purchase or subscribe for any
shares of stock of the Corporation, other than such rights, if
any, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in its
discretion, may from time to time determine.

     (c)  All persons who shall acquire stock or securities of
the Corporation shall acquire the same subject to the provisions
of these Articles of Incorporation.

     SEVENTH:  The initial number of directors of the Corporation
shall be fourteen and the names of those who will serve as such
until their successors are duly chosen and qualified are as
follows: Robert M. DeMichele, E. Eloy Doolan, Beverley C. Duer,
Harry B. Freeman, Jr., William E. S. Griswold, Jr., Lawrence
Kantor, Donald B. Miller, Francis Olmsted, John. G. Preston,
Margaret W. Russell, Philip C. Smith, William S. Stack, Leon M.
Stern and Francis A. Sunderland.

     The By-Laws of the Corporation may fix the number of
directors at a number greater or less than that named in these
Articles of Incorporation and may authorize the Board of
Directors, by the vote of a majority of the entire Board of
Directors, to increase or decrease the number of directors fixed
by these Articles of Incorporation or by the By-Laws within the
limits specified from time to time in the By-Laws, provided that
in no case shall the number of directors be less than three or the
number of stockholders, whichever is less, and to fill the
vacancies created by any such increase in the number of directors. 
Unless otherwise provided by the By-Laws of the Corporation, the
directors of the Corporation need not be stockholders therein.

     EIGHTH:   In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers
conferred by the laws of the State of Maryland, the following
provisions are hereby adopted for the purpose of defining and
regulating the powers of the Corporation and of the directors and
stockholders:

     (a)  The Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby
empowered to authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of
its stock of any class, whether now or hereafter authorized, and
securities convertible into shares of its stock of any class or
classes, whether now or hereafter authorized, in each case upon
such terms and conditions and for such consideration as such Board
of Directors shall from time to time determine.

     (b)  The Board of Directors shall have the power to
classify or reclassify any unissued stock, whether now or
hereafter authorized, by setting or changing the preferences,
conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, 
limitations as to dividend, qualifications, or terms or conditions
of redemption of such stock.  Subject to the power of the Board of
Directors to reclassify unissued shares, the shares of each class
or series of stock of the Corporation shall have the following
preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers,
restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and
terms and conditions or redemption:

          (i)  All consideration received by the Corporation
     for the issue or sale of shares of a class or series
     together with all income, earnings, profits and proceeds
     thereof, shall irrevocably belong to such class or series
     for all purposes, subject only to the rights of creditors,
     and are herein referred to as  assets belonging to  such
     class.

          (ii) The assets belonging to such class or series
     shall be charged with the liabilities of the Corporation in
     respect of such class or series and with such class  or
     series  share of the general liabilities of the Corporation,
     in the latter case in proportion that the net asset value of
     such class or series bears to the net asset value of all
     class or series.  The determination of the Board of
     Directors shall be conclusive as to the allocation of
     liabilities, including accrued expenses and reserves, to a
     class or series.

          (iii)     Dividends or distributions on shares of any
     class or series, whether payable in stock or cash, shall be
     paid only out of earnings, surplus or other assets belonging
     to such class or series.

          (iv) In the event of the liquidation or dissolution
     of the Corporation, stockholders of each class or series
     shall be entitled to receive, as a class or series, out of
     the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to
     stockholders, the assets belonging to such class or series
     and the assets so distributable to the stockholders of such
     class or series shall be distributed among such stockholders
     in proportion to the number of shares of such class or
     series held by them.

          (v)  On each matter submitted to a vote of the
     stockholders, each holder of a share of stock shall be
     entitled to one vote for each such share of stock standing
     in his name on the books of the Corporation irrespective of
     the class or series thereof; provided, however, that to the
     extent class voting is required by the Investment Company
     Act of 1940 or Maryland law as to any such matter, those
     requirements shall apply.

Except as provided above, all provisions of the Articles of
Incorporation relating to stock of the Corporation shall apply to
shares of and to the holders of shares of all classes or series of
stock.

     (c)  The Board of Directors of this Corporation is hereby
empowered to authorize the issuance from time to time of
fractional shares of stock of this Corporation, whether now or
hereafter authorized, and any fractional shares so issued shall
entitle the holders thereof to exercise voting rights, receive
dividends and participate in the distribution of assets of the
Corporation in the event of liquidation or dissolution to the
extent of their proportionate interest represented by such
fractional shares, but excluding the right to a certificate
evidencing such shares.

     (d)  The Corporation reserves the right to make from time
to time any amendment of its Articles of Incorporation, now or
hereafter authorized by law, including, but without limitation,
any amendment which alters the contract rights as expressly set
forth in such Articles of Incorporation of any outstanding stock.

     (e)  Except to the extent otherwise prohibited by
applicable law, the Corporation may enter into any management of
investment advisory contract or underwriting contract or any other
type of contract with, and may otherwise engage in any transaction
or do business with, any person, firm or corporation or any
subsidiary or other affiliate of any such person, firm or
corporation and may authorize such person, firm or corporation or
such subsidiary or other affiliate to enter into any other
contracts or arrangements with any other person, firm or
corporation which relate to the Corporation or the conduct of its
business, notwithstanding that any directors or officers of the
Corporation are or may subsequently become partners, directors,
officers, stockholders or employees of such person, firm or
corporation or of such subsidiary or other affiliate or may have a
material financial interest in any such contract or transaction or
business and no such contract shall be invalidated or voidable or
in any way affected thereby nor shall any of such directors or
officers of the Corporation be liable to the Corporation or to any
stockholder or creditor thereof or to any other person for any
loss incurred solely because of the entering into and performance
of such contract or the engaging in such transaction or business
or the existence of such material financial interest therein,
provided that such relationship to such person, firm or
corporation or said subsidiary or affiliate or such material
financial interest was disclosed or otherwise known to the Board
of Directors prior to the Corporation s entering into such
contract or engaging in such transaction or business and in the
case of directors of the Corporation that any requirements of the
Maryland General Corporation Law have been satisfied; and provided
further that nothing herein shall protect any director or officer
of the Corporation from liability to the Corporation or its
security holders to which he would be otherwise subject by reason
of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless
disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

     (f)  The net asset value of a share of any class or series
of stock of the Corporation will be determined by or pursuant to
the direction of the Board of Directors, which is authorized to
determine, the methods to be used to value the assets of a class
or series, the amount and allocation of liabilities of the
Corporation to each class or series and all other matters in
connection therewith.

     (g)  The stockholders of the Corporation may remove any
director of the Corporation prior to the expiration of his term of
office for cause, and not otherwise, by the affirmative vote of a
majority of all votes entitled to be cast for the election of
directors.

     (h)  Except to the extent otherwise specifically provided
in the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Corporation,
the Corporation may authorize or take any corporate action
(including, but without limitation, any amendment to its Articles
of Incorporation) upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote
thereon, notwithstanding any provision of the Maryland General
Corporation Law which would otherwise require more than a majority
vote of the outstanding shares of stock to authorize or take such
action.

     NINTH: (a) To the fullest extent that limitations on the
liability of directors and officers are permitted by the Maryland
General Corporation Law, no director or officer of the Corporation
shall have any liability to the Corporation or its stockholders
for damages.  This limitation on liability applies to events
occurring at the time a person serves as a director or officer of
the Corporation whether or not such person is a director or
officer at the time of any proceeding in which liability is
asserted.

     (b)  The Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses
to its currently acting and its former directors to the fullest
extent that indemnification of directors is permitted by the
Maryland General Corporation Law.  The Corporation shall indemnify
and advance expenses to its officers to the same extent as its
directors and to such further extent as is consistent with law. 
The Board of Directors may by By-Law, resolution or agreement make
further provisions for indemnification of directors, officers,
employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the
Maryland General Corporation Law.

     (c)  No provision of this Article shall be effective to
protect or purport to protect any director or officer of the
Corporation against any liability to the Corporation or its
security holders to which he would otherwise be subject by reason
of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless
disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

     (d)  References to the Maryland General Corporation Law in
this Article are to the law as from time to time amended.  No
further amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the
Corporation shall affect any right of any person under this
Article based on any event, omission or proceeding prior to such
amendment.

     TENTH: No annual meetings of stockholders of the
Corporation shall be held except as required by the Maryland
General Corporation Law or as the Board of Directors of the
Corporation may determine.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned incorporator of
Lexington Research Fund, Inc. who executed the foregoing Articles
of Incorporation hereby acknowledges the same to be his act and
further acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge,
information and belief, the matters and facts set forth therein
are true in all material respects.

Dated the 11th day of May, 1988.
                                                John W. Scheflen
                                            ________________________
                                                John W. Scheflen
                                                Sole Incorporator
   Leah R. Schuman
_____________________
      Witness





                     INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT is made this 15th day of April, 1992 by and between
LEXINGTON GROWTH AND INCOME FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation (the
"Fund"), and LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (the
"Manager"), with respect to the following recital of fact:

                               RECITALS

     WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end diversified management
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
(the "1940 Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

     WHEREAS, the Manager is registered as an investment advisor under the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and engages in the business
of acting as an investment advisor; and

     WHEREAS, the Fund and the Manager desire to enter an agreement to
provide for management services for the Fund on the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein
contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which
is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.   Management.  The Manager shall act as investment advisor for
the Fund and shall, in such capacity, supervise the investment and
reinvestment of the cash, securities or other properties comprising the
Fund's assets subject at all times to the policies and control of the
Fund's Board of Directors.  The Manager shall give the Fund the benefit of
its best judgment, efforts and facilities in rendering its services as
investment advisor.

     2.   Investment Analysis and Implementation.  In carrying out its
obligation under paragraph 1 hereof, the Manager shall:

          (a)  determine which issuers and securities shall be
represented in the Fund and regularly report thereof to the Fund's Board
of Directors;

          (b)  formulate and implement continuing programs for the
purchases and sales of the securities of such issuers and regularly report
thereon to the Fund's Board of Directors;

          (c)  continuously review the portfolio security holdings, the
investment programs and the investment policies of the Fund; and

          (d)  take, on behalf of the Fund, all actions which appear to
the Fund necessary to carry into effect such purchase and sale programs and
supervisory functions aforesaid, including the placing of orders for the
purchase and sale of portfolio securities.

     3.   Broker-Dealer Relationships.  The Manager's primary policy is
to execute all purchases and sales of portfolio instruments at the most
favorable prices consistent with best execution, considering all of the
costs of the transaction including brokerage commissions.  This policy
governs the selection of brokers and dealers and the market in which a
transaction is executed.  Consistent with this policy, the Rules of Fair
Practice of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and such
other policies as the Directors may determine, the Manager may consider
sales of shares of the Fund and of the other funds advised by the Manager
as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to execute the Fund's
portfolio transactions.  However, in selecting a broker-dealer to execute
each transaction, the Manager may consider research provided and payment
may be made of the commission higher than that charged by another broker-
dealer which does not furnish research services or which furnishes research
services deemed to be of lesser value, in accordance with Section 28(e) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Section 28(e) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 specifies that a person with investment discretion
shall not be "deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached a
fiduciary duty" solely because such person has caused the account to pay
a higher commission than the lowest available under certain circumstances,
provided that the person so exercising investment discretion makes a good
faith determination that the commissions paid are "reasonable in relation
to the value of the brokerage and research services provided...viewed in
terms of either that particular transaction or his overall responsibilities
with respect to the accounts as to which he exercises investment
discretion."

     The Manager cannot determine the extent to which commissions that
reflect an element of value for research services alone.  Research services
furnished may be useful and of value to the Manager and its affiliates, in
serving other clients as well as the Fund.  Similarly, any research
services obtained by the Manager or its affiliates from the placement of
portfolio brokerage of other clients might be useful and of value to the
Manager in carrying out its obligations to the Fund.

     Brokerage transactions involving securities of companies domiciled
in countries other than the United States will be normally conducted on the
principal stock exchanges of those countries.

     4.   Control by Board of Directors.  Any investment program
undertaken by the Manager pursuant to this Agreement, as well as any other
activities undertaken by the Manager on behalf of the Fund pursuant
thereto, shall at all times be subject to any directives of the Board of
Directors of the Fund.

     5.   Compliance with Applicable Requirements.  In carrying out its
obligations under this Agreement, the Manager shall at all times conform
to:

          (a)  all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and any rules
and regulations adopted thereunder as amended; and

          (b)  the provisions of the Registration Statement of the Fund
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the 1940 Act; and

          (c)  the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the
Fund; and

          (d)  the provisions of the By-Laws of the Fund; and

          (e)  any other applicable provisions of state and federal law.


     6.   Expenses.  The expenses connected with the Fund shall be
allocable between the Fund and the Manager as follows:

          (a)  The Manager shall maintain, at its expense and without
cost to the Fund, a trading function in order to carry out its obligations
under subparagraph (d) of paragraph 2 hereof to place orders for the
purchase and sale of portfolio securities for the Fund.

          (b)  The Manager shall pay the Fund's expenses for office rent,
utilities, telephone, furniture and supplies utilized at the fund's
principal office.

          (c)  The Manager shall pay the salaries and payroll expenses
of persons serving as officers or Directors of the Fund who are also
employees of the Manager or any of its affiliates.

          (d)  Nothing in subparagraph (a) through (e) hereof shall be
construed to require the Manager to bear other expenses.

          (e)  Any of the other expenses incurred in the operation of the
Fund shall be borne by the Fund, including, among other things, fees of its
custodian, transfer and shareholder servicing agent; cost of pricing and
calculating its daily net asset value and of maintaining its books and
accounts required by the 1940 Act; expenditures in connection with meetings
of the Fund's Directors and shareholders, except those called to
accommodate the Manager; fees and expenses of Directors who are not
affiliated with or interested persons of the Manager; in maintaining
registration of its shares under state securities laws or in providing
shareholder and dealer services; insurance premiums on property or
personnel of the Fund which inure to its benefit; costs of preparing and
printing reports, proxy statements and prospectuses of the Fund for
distribution to its shareholders; legal, auditing and accounting fees; fees
and expenses of registering and maintaining registration of its shares for
sale under Federal and applicable state securities laws; and all other
expenses in connection with issuance, registration and transfer of its
shares.

     7.   Delegation of Responsibilities.  Upon the request of the Fund's
Board of Directors, the Manager may perform services on behalf of the Fund
which are not required by this Agreement.  Such services will be performed
on behalf of the Fund and the Manager's cost in rendering such services may
be billed monthly to the Fund, subject to examination by the Fund's
independent accountants.  Payment or assumption by the Manager of any Fund
expense that the Manager is not required to pay or assume under this
Agreement shall not relieve the Manager of any of its obligations to the
Fund nor obligate the Manager to pay or assume any similar Fund expense on
any subsequent occasions.

     8.   Compensation.  The Fund shall pay the Manager in full
compensation for services rendered hereunder an annual investment advisory
fee payable monthly equal to 0.75% of the Fund's average daily net assets
up to $100 million; 0.60% of such assets in excess of $100 million up to
$150 million; 0.50% of such assets in excess of $150 million up to $250
million and 0.40% of such assets in excess of $250 million, after deduction
of the Funds' expenses, if any, in excess of the expense limitations set
forth below.  The average daily net asset value of the Fund shall be
determined in the manner set forth in the Articles of Incorporation and
Prospectus of the Fund.

     9.   Expense Limitation.  If, for any fiscal year, the total of all
ordinary business expense of the Fund, including all investment advisory
fees but excluding brokerage commissions and fees, taxes, interest and
extraordinary expenses such as litigation, would exceed the most
restrictive expense limits imposed by any statute or regulatory authority
of any jurisdiction in which shares of the Fund are offered for sale, the
investment advisory fee shall be reduced by the amount of such excess.  The
amount of any such reduction to be borne by the Manager shall be deducted
from the monthly investment advisory fee otherwise payable to the Manager
during such fiscal year; and if such amount should exceed such monthly fee,
the Manager agrees to pay to the Fund such expenses no later than the last
day of the first month of the next succeeding fiscal year.  For purposes
of this paragraph, the term "fiscal year" shall exclude the portion of the
current fiscal year which shall have elapsed prior to the date hereof and
shall include the portion of the then current fiscal year which shall have
elapsed at the date of termination of this Agreement.

     10.  Non-Exclusivity.  The services of the Manager to the Fund are
not to be deemed to be
exclusive, and the Manager shall be free to render investment advisory and
corporate administrative or other services to others (including other
investment companies) and to engage in other activities.  It is understood
and agreed that officers and Directors of the Manager may serve as officers
or Directors of the Fund,  and that officers or Directors of the Fund may
serve as officers or Directors of the Manager to the extent permitted by
law; and that the officers and directors of the Manager are not prohibited
from engaging in any other business activity or from rendering services to
any other person, or from serving as partners, officers, trustees or
directors of any other firm or corporation, including other investment
companies.

     11.  Term and Approval.  This Agreement shall become effective at
the close of business on the date hereof and shall thereunder continue in
force and effect from year to year, provided that such continuance is
specifically approved at least annually:

          (a)  (i) by the Fund's Board of Directors; or (ii) by the vote
of a majority of the Fund's outstanding voting securities (as defined in
Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act, and

          (b)  by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors who
are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of a party to this
Agreement (other than as a Director of the Fund), by votes cast in person
at a meeting specifically called for such purpose.

     12.  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time,
without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Fund's Board of
Directors or by vote of a majority of the Fund's outstanding voting
securities or by the Manager, on sixty (60) days' written notice to the
other party.  This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of
its assignment, the term "assignment" for the purposes having the meaning
defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act, as amended.

     13.  Liability of Manager and Indemnification.  In the absence of
willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of
obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Manager or any of its
officers, directors or employees, it shall not be subject to liability to
the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund for any commission in the course
of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that
may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security.

     14.  Notices.  Any notices under this agreement shall be in writing,
addressed and delivered or mailed postage paid to the other party at such
address as such other party may designate for the receipt of such notice. 
Until further notice of the other party, it is agreed that the address of
the Manager shall be Park 80 West, Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New Jersey
07662 and that the Fund for this purpose shall be Park 80 West Plaza Two,
Saddle Brook, New Jersey 07662.

     15.  Questions of Interpretation.  Any question of interpretation
of any term of provision of this agreement having a counterpart in or
otherwise derived from a term or provision of the 1940 Act shall be
resolved by reference to such term or provision of the Act and to
interpretations thereof, if any, by the United States Courts or in the
absence of any controlling decision of any such court, by rules,
regulations or orders of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued
pursuant to said Act.  In addition, where the effect of a requirement of
the 1940 Act reflected in any provision of this agreement is revised by
rules, regulations or order of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such
provisions shall be deemed to incorporate the effect of such rule,
regulation or order.

     In witness whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed in duplicate by their respective officers on the day and year
first above written.

Attest:                                 LEXINGTON GROWTH AND INCOME FUND, INC.


___________________                     By:______________________________
                                                President




Attest:                                 LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION


____________________                    By:__________________________________
                                             Executive Vice President

  
                    TRANSFER AGENCY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT
                                        
                                   between
                                        
                    LEXINGTON GROWTH AND INCOME FUND, INC. 
                                      
                                     and
                                        
                     STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                                        
    
                                      
  



                            TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                           
                                                                         
  
  Article 1   Terms of Appointment; Duties of the Bank 
  
  Article 2   Fees and Expenses 
  
  Article 3   Representations and Warranties of the Bank
  
  Article 4   Representations and Warranties of the Fund
  
  Article 5   Data Access and Proprietary Information
  
  Article 6   Indemnification
  
  Article 7   Standard of Care
  
  Article 8   Covenants of the Fund and the Bank
  
  Article 9   Termination of Agreement
  
  Article 10  Assignment
  
  Article 11  Amendment
  
  Article 12  Massachusetts Law to Apply
  
  Article 13  Force Majeure
  
  Article 14  Consequential Damages
  
  Article 15  Merger of Agreement
  
  Article 16  Counterparts
  
  
                    TRANSFER AGENCY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT
   
      AGREEMENT made as of the __ day of __________, 19__, by and between
  Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc., a corporation, having its principal 
  office and place of business at Park 80 West Plaza Two, Saddle Brook, New 
  Jersey 07663, (the "Fund"), and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a 
  Massachusetts trust company having its principal office and place of 
  business at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 (the "Bank").

      WHEREAS, the Fund desires to appoint the Bank as its transfer agent,
  dividend disbursing agent, custodian of certain retirement plans and agent in
  connection with certain other activities, and the Bank desires to accept such
  appointment;

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein
  contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:


  Article l     Terms of Appointment; Duties of the Bank
 
           1.01  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
  this Agreement, the Fund hereby employs and appoints the Bank to act as, and 
  the Bank agrees to act as its transfer agent for the Fund's authorized and 
  issued shares of its common stock, $____ par value, ("Shares"), dividend 
  disbursing agent, custodian of certain retirement plans and agent in 
  connection with any accumulation, open-account or similar plans provided to
  the shareholders of the Fund ("Shareholders") and set out in the currently 
  effective prospectus and statement of additional information ("prospectus")
  of the Fund, including without limitation any periodic investment plan or 
  periodic withdrawal program.

           1.02  The Bank agrees that it will perform the following services:
           (a)  In accordance with procedures established from time to time by
                agreement between the Fund and the Bank, the Bank shall:
           (i)  Receive for acceptance, orders for the purchase of Shares,
                and promptly deliver payment and appropriate documentation
                thereof to the Custodian of the Fund authorized pursuant to
                the Articles of Incorporation of the Fund (the "Custodian");
           (ii) Pursuant to purchase orders, issue the appropriate number of
                Shares and hold such Shares in the appropriate Shareholder
                account;
          (iii) Receive for acceptance redemption requests and redemption
                directions and deliver the appropriate documentation thereof
                to the Custodian;
          (iv)  In respect to the transactions in items (i), (ii) and (iii)
                above, the Bank shall execute transactions directly with
                broker-dealers authorized by the Fund who shall thereby be
                deemed to be acting on behalf of the Fund;
          (v)   At the appropriate time as and when it receives monies
                paid to it by the Custodian with respect to any redemption, pay
                over or cause to be paid over in the appropriate manner such 
                monies as instructed by the redeeming Shareholders;
          (vi)  Effect transfers of Shares by the registered owners thereof
                upon receipt of appropriate instructions;
          (vii) Prepare and transmit payments for dividends and distributions
                declared by the Fund;
          (viii)Issue replacement certificates for those certificates
                alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon receipt
                by the Bank of indemnification satisfactory to the Bank and
                protecting the Bank and the Fund, and the Bank at its option,
                may issue replacement certificates in place of mutilated
                stock certificates upon presentation thereof and without such
                indemnity;
           (ix) Maintain records of account for and advise the Fund and its
                Shareholders as to the foregoing; and
           (x)  Record the issuance of shares of the Fund and maintain
                pursuant to SEC   Rule 17Ad-10(e) a record of the total number
                of shares of the Fund which are authorized, based upon data
                provided to it by the Fund, and issued and outstanding. The
                Bank shall also provide the Fund on a regular basis with the 
                total number of shares which are authorized and issued and 
                outstanding and shall have no obligation, when recording the 
                issuance of shares, to monitor the issuance of such shares or
                to take cognizance of any laws relating to the issue or sale 
                of such shares, which functions shall be the sole 
                responsibility of the Fund.
                (b)  In addition to and neither in lieu nor in contravention of
  the services set forth in the above paragraph (a), the Bank shall:  
  (i) perform the customary services of a transfer agent, dividend disbursing 
  agent, custodian of certain retirement plans and, as relevant, agent in 
  connection with accumulation, open-account or similar plans (including 
  without limitation any periodic investment plan or periodic withdrawal 
  program), including but not limited to:  maintaining all Shareholder 
  accounts, preparing Shareholder meeting lists, mailing proxies, mailing 
  Shareholder reports and prospectuses to current Shareholders, withholding 
  taxes on U.S. resident and non-resident alien accounts, preparing and filing
  U.S. Treasury Department Forms 1099 and other appropriate forms required with
  respect to dividends and distributions by federal authorities for all 
  Shareholders, preparing and mailing confirmation forms and statements of 
  account to Shareholders for all purchases and redemptions of Shares and other
  confirmable transactions in Shareholder accounts, preparing and mailing 
  activity statements for Shareholders, and providing Shareholder account 
  information and (ii) provide a system which will enable the Fund to monitor
  the total number of Shares sold in each State.
           (c)  In addition, the Fund shall (i) identify to the Bank in
  writing those transactions and assets to be treated as exempt from blue sky
  reporting for each State and (ii) verify the establishment of transactions 
  for each State on the system prior to activation and thereafter monitor the
  daily activity for each State.  The responsibility of the Bank for the Fund's
  blue sky State registration status is solely limited to the initial 
  establishment of transactions subject to blue sky compliance by the Fund and
  the reporting of such transactions to the Fund as provided above.
           (d)  Procedures as to who shall provide certain of these services
  in Article 1 may be established from time to time by agreement between the
  Fund and the Bank per the attached service responsibility schedule.  The Bank
  may at times perform only a portion of these services and the Fund or its
  agent may perform these services on the Fund's behalf.
           (e)  The Bank shall provide additional services on behalf of the
  Fund (i.e., escheatment services) which may be agreed upon in writing between
  the Fund and the Bank.
  
  Article 2   Fees and Expenses

            2.01  For the performance by the Bank pursuant to this
  Agreement, the Fund agrees to pay the Bank an annual maintenance fee for each
  Shareholder account as set out in the initial fee schedule attached hereto. 
  Such fees and out-of-pocket expenses and advances identified under Section 
  2.02 below may be changed from time to time subject to mutual written 
  agreement between the Fund and the Bank.

            2.02  In addition to the fee paid under Section 2.01 above, the
  Fund agrees to reimburse the Bank for out-of-pocket expenses, including but 
  not limited to confirmation production, postage, forms, telephone, microfilm,
  microfiche, tabulating proxies, records storage, or advances incurred by the
  Bank for the items set out in the fee schedule attached hereto.  In addition,
  any other expenses incurred by the Bank at the request or with the consent of
  the Fund, will be reimbursed by the Fund.

           2.03  The Fund agrees to pay all fees and reimbursable expenses
  within five days following the receipt of the respective billing notice. 
  Postage for mailing of dividends, proxies, Fund reports and other mailings to
  all shareholder accounts shall be advanced to the Bank by the Fund at least
  seven (7) days prior to the mailing date of such materials.

  Article 3     Representations and Warranties of the Bank
 
          The Bank represents and warrants to the Fund that:

          3.01  It is a trust company duly organized and existing and in good
  standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

          3.02  It is duly qualified to carry on its business in the
  Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

          3.03  It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Charter and
  By-Laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.

          3.04  All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to
  authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.

          3.05  It has and will continue to have access to the necessary
  facilities, equipment and personnel to perform its duties and obligations 
  under this Agreement.

  Article 4     Representations and Warranties of the Fund

          The Fund represents and warrants to the Bank that:

          4.01  It is a corporation duly organized and existing and in good 
  standing under the laws of Maryland.

          4.02  It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Articles of
  Incorporation and By-Laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.

          4.03  All corporate proceedings required by said Articles of
  Incorporation and By-Laws have been taken to authorize it to enter into and
  perform this Agreement.

          4.04  It is an open-end and diversified management investment
  company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

          4.05  A registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as
  amended is currently effective and will remain effective, and appropriate 
  state securities law filings have been made and will continue to be made, 
  with respect to all Shares of the Fund being offered for sale.
 
  Article 5     Data Access and Proprietary Information

          5.01  The Fund acknowledges that the data bases,
  computer programs, screen formats, report formats, interactive design
  techniques, and documentation manuals furnished to the Fund by the Bank as 
  part of the Fund's ability to access certain Fund-related data ("Customer 
  Data") maintained by the Bank on data bases under the control and ownership
  of the Bank or other third party ("Data Access Services") constitute 
  copyrighted, trade secret, or other proprietary information (collectively, 
  "Proprietary Information") of substantial value to the Bank or other third 
  party.  In no event shall Proprietary Information be deemed Customer Data.
  The Fund agrees to treat all Proprietary Information as proprietary to the
  Bank and further agrees that it shall not divulge any Proprietary Information
  to any person or organization except as may be provided hereunder.  Without
  limiting the foregoing, the Fund agrees for itself and its employees and 
  agents:
           (a)    to access Customer Data solely from locations as may be
                  designated in writing by the Bank and solely in accordance
                  with the Bank's applicable user documentation;
           (b)    to refrain from copying or duplicating in any way the
                  Proprietary Information;
           (c)    to refrain from obtaining unauthorized access to any portion
                  of the Proprietary Information, and if such access is
                  inadvertently obtained, to inform in a timely manner of such
                  fact and dispose of such information in accordance with the
                  Bank's instructions;
           (d)    to refrain from causing or allowing third-party data acquired
                  hereunder from being retransmitted to any other computer
                  facility or other location, except with the prior written
                  consent of the Bank;
           (e)    that the Fund shall have access only to those authorized
                  transactions agreed upon by the parties;
           (f)    to honor all reasonable written requests made by the Bank to
                  protect at the Bank's expense the 
                  rights of the Bank in Proprietary Information at common law,
                  under federal copyright law and under other federal or state
                  law.
      Each party shall take reasonable efforts to advise its employees of their
  obligations pursuant to this Article 5.  The obligations of this Article 
  shall survive any earlier termination of this Agreement.

           5.02  If the Fund notifies the Bank that any of the Data Access
  Services do not operate in material compliance with the most recently issued
  user documentation for such services, the Bank shall endeavor in a timely 
  manner to correct such failure.  Organizations from which the Bank may obtain
  certain data included in the Data Access Services are solely responsible for
  the contents of such data and the Fund agrees to make no claim against the 
  Bank arising out of the contents of such third-party data, including, but not
  limited to, the accuracy thereof.  DATA ACCESS SERVICES AND ALL COMPUTER
  PROGRAMS AND SOFTWARE SPECIFICATIONS USED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH ARE 
  PROVIDED ON AN AS IS, AS AVAILABLE BASIS.  THE BANK EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL
  WARRANTIES EXCEPT THOSE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
  TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR 
  PURPOSE.

           5.03  If the transactions available to the Fund include
  the ability to originate electronic instructions to the Bank in order to (i)
  effect the transfer or movement of cash or Shares or (ii) transmit Shareholder
  information or other information (such transactions constituting a "COEFI"),
  then in such event the Bank shall be entitled to rely on the validity and
  authenticity of such instruction without undertaking any further inquiry as
  long as such instruction is undertaken in conformity with security procedures
  established by the Bank from time to time.
  
  Article 6     Indemnification

           6.01  The Bank shall not be responsible for, and the
  Fund shall indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from and against, any and all
  losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments, expenses and 
  liability arising out of or attributable to:
           (a)  All actions of the Bank or its agent or subcontractors
  required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement, provided that such actions 
  are taken in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct.
           (b)  The Fund's lack of good faith, negligence or willful
  misconduct which arise out of the breach of any representation or warranty of
  the Fund hereunder.
           (c)  The reliance on or use by the Bank or its agents or
  subcontractors of information, records, documents or services which (i) are
  received by the Bank or its agents or subcontractors, and (ii) have been
  prepared, maintained or performed by the Fund or any other person or firm on
  behalf of the Fund including but not limited to any previous transfer agent
  or registrar.
           (d)  The reliance on, or the carrying out by the Bank or its agents
  or subcontractors of any instructions or requests of the Fund.
           (e)  The offer or sale of Shares in violation of any requirement
  under the federal securities laws or regulations or the securities laws or
  regulations of any state that such Shares be registered in such state or in
  violation of any stop order or other determination or ruling by any federal
  agency or any state with respect to the offer or sale of such Shares in such
  state.

           6.02  At any time the Bank may apply to any officer of the Fund for
  instructions, and may consult with legal counsel with respect to any matter
  arising in connection with the services to be performed by the Bank under this
  Agreement, and the Bank and its agents or subcontractors shall not be liable
  and shall be indemnified by the Fund for any action taken or omitted by it in
  reliance upon such instructions or upon the opinion of such counsel.  The 
  Bank, its agents and subcontractors shall be protected and indemnified in 
  acting upon any paper or document furnished by or on behalf of the Fund, 
  reasonably believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper 
  person or persons, or upon any instruction, information, data, records or 
  documents provided the Bank or its agents or subcontractors by machine 
  readable input, telex, CRT data entry or other similar means authorized by 
  the Fund, and shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of
  any person, until receipt of written notice thereof from the Fund.  The Bank,
  its agents and subcontractors shall also be protected and indemnified in 
  recognizing stock certificates which are reasonably believed to bear the 
  proper manual or facsimile signatures of the officers of the Fund, and the 
  proper countersignature of any former transfer agent or former registrar, or
  of a co-transfer agent or co-registrar.

           6.03  In order that the indemnification provisions
  contained in this Article 6 shall apply, upon the assertion of a claim for 
  which the Fund may be required to indemnify the Bank, the Bank shall promptly
  notify the Fund of such assertion, and shall keep the Fund advised with 
  respect to all developments concerning such claim. The Fund shall have the
  option to participate with the Bank in the defense of such claim or to defend
  against said claim in its own name or in the name of the Bank.  The Bank 
  shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in 
  which the Fund may be required to indemnify the Bank except with the Fund's
  prior written consent.

  Article 7     Standard of Care

           7.01  The Bank shall at all times act in good faith and
  agrees to use its best efforts within reasonable limits to insure the 
  accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement, but assumes no 
  responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors 
  unless said errors are caused by its negligence, bad faith, or willful 
  misconduct of that of its employees.

  Article 8     Covenants of the Fund and the Bank

           8.01  The Fund shall promptly furnish to the Bank the following:
           (a)  A certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors
  of the Fund authorizing the appointment of the Bank and the execution and
  delivery of this Agreement.
           (b)  A copy of the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of the
  Fund and all amendments thereto.

           8.02  The Bank hereby agrees to establish and maintain facilities
  and procedures reasonably acceptable to the Fund for safekeeping of stock
  certificates, check forms and facsimile signature imprinting devices, if any;
  and for the preparation or use, and for keeping account of such certificates,
  forms and devices.

           8.03  The Bank shall keep records relating to the services to be
  performed hereunder, in the form and manner as it may deem advisable.  To the
  extent required by Section 31 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as 
  amended, and the Rules thereunder, the Bank agrees that all such records 
  prepared or maintained by the Bank relating to the services to be performed 
  by the Bank hereunder are the property of the Fund and will be preserved, 
  maintained and made available in accordance with such Section and Rules, and
  will be surrendered promptly to the Fund on and in accordance with its 
  request.

           8.04  The Bank and the Fund agree that all books, records,
  information and data pertaining to the business of the other party which are
  exchanged or received pursuant to the negotiation or the carrying out of this
  Agreement shall remain confidential, and shall not be voluntarily disclosed 
  to any other person, except as may be required by law.

           8.05  In case of any requests or demands for the inspection of the
  Shareholder records of the Fund, the Bank will endeavor to notify the Fund 
  and to secure instructions from an authorized officer of the Fund as to such
  inspection.  The Bank reserves the right, however, to exhibit the Shareholder
  records to any person whenever it is advised by its counsel that it may be 
  held liable for the failure to exhibit the Shareholder records to such person.

  Article 9     Termination of Agreement

           9.01  This Agreement may be terminated by either party
  upon one hundred twenty (120) days written notice to the other.

           9.02  Should the Fund exercise its right to terminate,
  all out-of-pocket expenses associated with the movement of records and 
  material will be borne by the Fund.  Additionally, the Bank reserves the 
  right to charge for any other reasonable expenses associated with such 
  termination and/or a charge equivalent to the average of three (3) months' 
  fees.

  Article 10    Assignment

           10.01  Except as provided in Section 10.03 below, neither
  this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by 
  either party without the written consent of the other party.

           10.02  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
  upon the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

           10.03  The Bank may, without further consent on the part of the
  Fund, subcontract for the performance hereof with (i) Boston Financial Data
  Services, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation ("BFDS") which is duly registered
  as a transfer agent pursuant to Section 17A(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange
  Act of 1934, as amended ("Section 17A(c)(1)"), (ii) a BFDS subsidiary duly 
  registered as a transfer agent pursuant to Section 17A(c)(1) or (iii) a BFDS
  affiliate; provided, however, that the Bank shall be as fully responsible to
  the Fund for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor as it is for its own
  acts and omissions.

  Article 11    Amendment

           11.01  This Agreement may be amended or modified by a
  written agreement executed by both parties and authorized or approved by a
  resolution of the Board of Directors of the Fund.

  Article 12    Massachusetts Law to Apply

           12.01  This Agreement shall be construed and the
  provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the
  Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

  Article 13    Force Majeure

           13.01  In the event either party is unable to perform its
  obligations under the terms of this Agreement because of acts of God, 
  strikes, equipment or transmission failure or damage reasonably beyond its 
  control, or other causes reasonably beyond its control, such party shall not
  be liable for damages to the other for any damages resulting from such 
  failure to perform or otherwise from such causes.

  Article 14    Consequential Damages

           14.01  Neither party to this Agreement shall be liable to
  the other party for consequential damages under any provision of this 
  Agreement or for any consequential damages arising out of any act or failure
  to act hereunder.

  Article 15    Merger of Agreement

           15.01  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
  between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to
  the subject matter hereof whether oral or written.

  Article 16    Counterparts

           16.01  This Agreement may be executed by the parties
  hereto on any number of counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken
  together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.
      
  
  
  
  
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
  executed in their names and on their behalf by and through their duly 
  authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.
  
  
  
                               
                              LEXINGTON GROWTH AND INCOME FUND, INC.
  
  
                              BY:
                               
                              ___________________________________         
                              Vice President 
   
  
 ATTEST:
  
 _________________________________
  
  
  
                              STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
  
                              BY:
  
                              ____________________________________        
                              Senior Vice President
  
  
  ATTEST:
  
  ___________________________________
  
  
  
                     STATE STREET BANK & TRUST COMPANY
                      FUND SERVICE RESPONSIBILITIES*
                                       
  
  
  
  Service Performed                                     Responsibility
  -----------------                                     --------------
                                                   Bank               Fund
                                                   ----               ----
  
  
  
  1.  Receives orders for the purchase                                 
      of Shares.
  
  2.  Issue Shares and hold Shares in               
      Shareholders accounts.
  
  3.  Receive redemption requests.                  
  
  4.  Effect transactions 1-3 above                 
      directly with broker-dealers.
  
  5.  Pay over monies to redeeming                  
      Shareholders.
  
  6.  Effect transfers of Shares.                   
  
  7.  Prepare and transmit dividends                           
      and distributions.
  
  8.  Issue Replacement Certificates.
  
  9.  Reporting of abandoned property.
  
  10. Maintain records of account.
  
  11. Maintain and keep a current and
      accurate control book for each
      issue of securities.
  
  12. Mail proxies.
  
  13. Mail Shareholder reports.
  
  14. Mail prospectuses to current
      Shareholders.
  
  15. Withhold taxes on U.S. resident
      and non-resident alien accounts.
  
  

  Service Performed                                   Responsibility
  -----------------                                   --------------  
                                                    Bank           Fund  
                                                    ----           ----
  16. Prepare and file U.S. Treasury
      Department forms.
  
  17. Prepare and mail account and
      confirmation statements for
      Shareholders.
  
  18. Provide Shareholder account
      information.
  
  19. Blue sky reporting.
  
  
  
 *   Such services are more fully described in Article 1.02 (a), (b) and (c) 
     of the Agreement.
                            LEXINGTON GROWTH AND INCOME FUND, INC.

                            BY:
                              __________________________________     
                              Vice President
  
  ATTEST:
  
  ________________________________
  
  
                                                                 
                            STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
  
                            BY:
                              ___________________________________
                              Vice President
  
  
  ATTEST:
  
  __________________________________
  
  
                               
    

            Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen, Kamin & Frankel
                      9 1 9  T H I R D  A V E N U E
                       NEW YORK, N.Y. 10022   3852
                            (212) 715   9100
                                                          FAX
                                                          (212) 715-8000
                                                          ______
                                                          
                                                          WRITER'S DIRECT
                                                          NUMBER
                                                          
                                                          (212) 715-9100
                                                                  

                              April 22, 1996





Lexington Growth & Income Fund, Inc.
Park 80 West
Plaza Two
Saddle Brook, New Jersey  07663

Gentlemen:

          We hereby consent to the reference of this Firm as counsel in the
Registration Statement on Form N-1A of the Lexington Growth & Income Fund,
Inc.

                              Very truly yours,


                               
                               /s/ Kramer, Levin, Naftalis, Nessen,
                                       Kamin & Frankel

KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
345 Park Avenue             Telephone 212 758 9700       Telefax 212 758 9819
New York, NY 10154          Telex 428038     





                   Independent Auditors' Consent




The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Lexington Growth and Income Fund, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report dated February 5, 1996, included in the
Registration Statement on form N-1A and to the references to our firm under
the headings  Financial Highlights  and  Counsel and Independent Auditors 
in the Prospectus.
                                                          

                                                                   
                                               /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
                                              
                                                                   

New York, New York
April 23, 1996




                   LEXINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
                              PROTOTYPE
                      MONEY PURCHASE PENSION AND
                         PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                          BASIC DOCUMENT #01
  






                              PROTOTYPE
                      MONEY PURCHASE PENSION AND
                         PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 Section                                               Page
 
                              ARTICLE 1
                               GENERAL
 
 1.1  Purpose.........................................   1
 1.2  Trust...........................................   1
 
 
                              ARTICLE 2
                             DEFINITIONS
 
 2.1  Account.........................................   1
 2.2  Adoption Agreement..............................   1
 2.3  Affiliated Employers............................   1
 2.4  Beneficiary.....................................   2
 2.5  Break in Service................................   2
 2.6  Code............................................   2
 2.7  Compensation....................................   2
 2.8  Custodian.......................................   3
 2.9  Determination Date..............................   3
 2.10 Early Retirement Date...........................   3
 2.11 Earned Income...................................   3
 2.12 Effective Date..................................   3
 2.13 Eligibility Computation Period..................   3
 2.14 Employee........................................   4
 2.15 Employer........................................   4
 2.16 Employer Contributions..........................   4
 2.17 Entry Dates.....................................   4
 2.18 ERISA...........................................   4
 2.19 Hour of Service.................................   4
 2.20 Integration Level...............................   7
 2.21 Key Employee....................................   7
 2.22 Leased Employee.................................   7
 2.23 Maximum Disparity Rate..........................   8
 2.24 Maximum Profit Sharing Disparity Rate...........   9
 2.25 Non-Key Employee................................   9
 2.26 Normal Retirement Age...........................   9
 2.27 Owner-Employee..................................   9
 2.28 Participant.....................................  10
 2.29 Plan............................................  10
 2.30 Plan Administrator..............................  10
 2.31 Plan Year.......................................  10
 2.32 Self-Employed Individuals.......................  10
 2.33 Shares..........................................  10
 2.34 Sponsor.........................................  10
 2.35 Taxable Wage Base...............................  10
 2.36 Total and Permanent Disability..................  10
 2.37 Trust...........................................  11
 2.38 Trust Agreement.................................  11
 2.39 Trustee.........................................  11
 2.40 Valuation Date..................................  11
 2.41 Vesting Computation Period......................  11
 2.42 Year of Service.................................  11
 
 
                               ARTICLE 3
                    ELIGIBILITY AND YEARS OF SERVICE
 
 3.1  Eligibility Requirements........................  11
 3.2  Participation and Service Upon Reemployment.....  12
 3.3  Predecessor Employers...........................  12
 
 
                               ARTICLE 4
                             CONTRIBUTIONS
 
 4.1  Employer Contributions..........................  13
 4.2  Payment.........................................  13
 4.3  Nondeductible Voluntary Contributions by
      Participants....................................  14
 4.4  Rollovers.......................................  14
 4.5  Direct Transfers................................  14
 
 
                               ARTICLE 5
                              ALLOCATIONS
 
 5.1  Individual Accounts.............................  15
 5.2  Minimum Allocation..............................  16
 5.3  Allocation of Employer Contributions and
      Forfeitures.....................................  17
 5.4  Coordination of Social Security Integration.....  19
 5.5  Withdrawals and Distributions...................  19
 5.6  Determination of Value of Trust Fund and of Net
      Earnings or Losses..............................  19
 5.7  Allocation of Net Earnings or Losses............  20
 5.8  Responsibilities of the Plan Administrator......  21
 
 
                               ARTICLE 6
                       LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS
 
 6.1  Employers Who Do Not Maintain Other Qualified
      Plans...........................................  21
 6.2  Employers Who Maintain Other Qualified Master
      or Prototype Defined Contribution Plans.........  22
 6.3  Employers Who, In Addition to This Plan,
      Maintain Other Qualified Plans Which are
      Defined Contribution Plans Other Than Master or
      Prototype Plans.................................  24
 6.4  Employers, Who In Addition To This Plan,
      Maintain A Qualified Defined Benefit Plan.......  24
 6.5  Definitions.....................................  24
 
 
                               ARTICLE 7
                               TRUST FUND
 
 7.1  Receipt of Contributions by Trustee.............  29
 7.2  Investment Responsibility.......................  29
 7.3  Investment Limitations..........................  30
 
 
                               ARTICLE 8
                                VESTING
 
 8.1  Nondeductible Voluntary Contributions and
      Earnings........................................  30
 8.2  Rollovers, Transfers and Earnings...............  31
 8.3  Employer Contributions and Earnings.............  31
 8.4  Amendments to Vesting Schedule..................  31
 8.5  Determination of Years of Service...............  32
 8.6  Forfeiture of Nonvested Amounts.................  33
 8.7  Reinstatement of Benefit........................  33
 
 
                               ARTICLE 9
                JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS
 
 9.1  General.........................................  34
 9.2  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity............  34
 9.3  Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity........  34
 9.4  Definitions.....................................  34
 9.5  Notice Requirements.............................  36
 9.6  Safe Harbor Rules...............................  38
 9.7  Transitional Rules..............................  39
 
 
                               ARTICLE 10
                        DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS
 
 10.1 Vesting on Distribution Before Break in Service.  41
 10.2 Restrictions on Immediate Distributions.........  42
 10.3 Commencement of Benefits........................  44
 10.4 Early Retirement With Age and Service Require-
      ment............................................  44
 10.5 Nontransferability of Annuities.................  44
 10.6 Conflicts With Annuity Contracts................  44
 
 
                               ARTICLE 11
                    TIMING AND MODES OF DISTRIBUTION
 
 11.1 General Rules...................................  45
 11.2 Required Beginning Date.........................  45
 11.3 Limits on Distribution Periods..................  45
 11.4 Determination of Amount to be Distributed Each
      Year............................................  45
 11.5 Death Distribution Provisions...................  46
 11.6 Designation of Beneficiary......................  48
 11.7 Definitions.....................................  48
 11.8 Transitional Rules..............................  51
 11.9 Optional Forms of Benefit.......................  52
 
 
                               ARTICLE 12
                              WITHDRAWALS
 
 12.1 Withdrawal of Nondeductible Voluntary Contribu-
      tions...........................................  54
 12.2 Hardship Withdrawals............................  54
 12.3 Manner of Making Withdrawals....................  55
 12.4 Limitations on Withdrawals......................  55
 
 
                               ARTICLE 13
                                 LOANS
 
 13.1 General Provisions..............................  55
 13.2 Administration of Loan Program..................  57
 13.3 Amount of Loan..................................  57
 13.4 Manner of Making Loans..........................  57
 13.5 Terms of Loan...................................  58
 13.6 Security for Loan...............................  58
 13.7 Segregated Investment...........................  59
 13.8 Repayment of Loan...............................  59
 13.9 Default on Loan.................................  59
 13.10Unpaid Amounts..................................  59
 
 
                               ARTICLE 14
                               INSURANCE
 
 14.1 Insurance.......................................  60
 14.2 Policies........................................  60
 14.3 Beneficiary.....................................  60
 14.4 Payment of Premiums.............................  60
 14.5 Limitation on Insurance Premiums................  61
 14.6 Insurance Company...............................  62
 14.7 Distribution of Policies........................  62
 14.8 Policy Features.................................  64
 14.9 Changed Conditions..............................  64
 14.10Conflicts.......................................  64
 
 
                               ARTICLE 15
                             ADMINISTRATION
 
 15.1 Duties and Responsibilities of Fiduciaries;
      Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibility..........  64
 15.2 Powers and Responsibilities of the Plan
      Administrator...................................  65
 15.3 Allocation of Duties and Responsibilities.......  67
 15.4 Appointment of the Plan Administrator...........  67
 15.5 Expenses........................................  67
 15.6 Liabilities.....................................  67
 15.7 Claims Procedure................................  68
 
 
                               ARTICLE 16
                   AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER
 
 16.1 Sponsor's Power to Amend........................  69
 16.2 Amendment by Adopting Employer..................  69
 16.3 Vesting Upon Plan Termination...................  70
 16.4 Vesting Upon Complete Discontinuance of
      Contributions...................................  70
 16.5 Maintenance of Benefits Upon Merger.............  70
 16.6 Special Amendments..............................  70
 
 
                               ARTICLE 17
                             MISCELLANEOUS
 
 17.1 Exclusive Benefit of Participants and
      Beneficiaries...................................  70
 17.2 Nonguarantee of Employment......................  71
 17.3 Rights to Trust Assets..........................  71
 17.4 Nonalienation of Benefits.......................  71
 17.5 Aggregation Rules...............................  72
 17.6 Failure of Qualification........................  73
 17.7 Applicable Law..................................  73

<PAGE>  

                               ARTICLE 1
                                GENERAL
 
     1.1  Purpose.  The Employer hereby establishes this Plan to provide
 retirement, death and disability benefits for eligible employees and their
 Beneficiaries.  This Plan is a standardized prototype paired defined
 contribution plan and is designed to permit adoption of profit sharing
 provisions, money purchase pension provisions, or both.  The provisions
 herein and the selections made by the Employer by execution of the money
 purchase pension or profit sharing Adoption Agreement or Agreements, shall
 constitute the Plan.  It is intended that the Plan and Trust qualify under
 sections 401 and 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and
 that it comply with the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income
 Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
     1.2  Trust.  The Employer has simultaneously adopted a Trust to
 receive, invest, and distribute funds in accordance with the Plan.
 
 
                               ARTICLE 2
                              DEFINITIONS
 
     2.1  Account.  The aggregate of the individual bookkeeping
 subaccounts established for each Participant, as provided in section 5.1.
 
     2.2  Adoption_Agreement.  The written agreement or agreements of
 the Employer and the Trustee by which the Employer establishes this Plan
 and adopts the Trust Agreement forming a part hereof, as the same may be
 amended from time to time.  The Adoption Agreement contains all the
 options that may be selected by the Employer.  The information set forth
 in the Adoption Agreement executed by the Employer shall be deemed to be
 a part of this Plan as if set forth in full herein.
 
     2.3  Affiliated_Employers.  The Employer and any corporation which
 is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in section

                                    -1-
<PAGE>

 414(b) of the Code) which includes the Employer, any trade or business
 (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined
 in section 414(c) of the Code) with the Employer, or any service
 organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an
 affiliated service group (as defined in sections 414(m) and (o) of the
 Code) which includes the Employer.
 
     2.4  Beneficiary.  The person or persons (natural or otherwise)
 designated by a Participant in accordance with section 11.6 to receive any
 undistributed amounts credited to the Participant's Account under the Plan
 at the time of the Participant's death.
 
     2.5  Break_in_Service.  An Eligibility Computation Period or
 Vesting Computation Period in which an Employee fails to complete more
 than five hundred (500) Hours of Service.
 
     2.6  Code.  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
 to time, or any successor statute.
 
     2.7  Compensation.
 
          (a)  Compensation will mean all of each Participant's W-2
 earnings.
 
          (b)  For any self-employed individual covered under the Plan,
 Compensation will mean Earned Income.
 
          (c)  Compensation shall include only that Compensation that
 is actually paid to the Participant during the Plan Year.
 
          (d)  Notwithstanding the above, if elected by the Employer
 in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall include any amount which is
 contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and
 which is not includable in the gross income of the Employee under sections
 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.  The effective date of this
 subsection shall be elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
 
          (e)  The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into

                                     -2-
<PAGE>

 account under the Plan for any year shall not exceed two hundred thousand
 dollars ($200,000), as adjusted by the Secretary at the same time and in
 the same manner as under section 415(d) of the Code.  In determining the
 Compensation of a Participant for purposes of this limitation, the rules
 of section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply, except in applying such
 rules, the term "family" shall include only the Spouse of the Participant
 and any lineal descendants of the Participant who have not attained age
 nineteen (19) before the close of the year.  If, as a result of the
 application of such rules, the adjusted two hundred thousand dollar
 ($200,000) limitation is exceeded, then (except for purposes of
 determining the portion of Compensation up to the Integration Level to the
 extent this Plan provides for permitted disparity), the limitation shall
 be prorated among the affected individuals in proportion to each such
 individual's Compensation as determined under this section prior to the
 application of this limitation.
 
          (f)   The effective date of this subsection shall be the
 first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1989.
 
     2.8  Custodian.  The custodian, if any, designated in the Adoption
 Agreement.
 
     2.9  Determination_Date.  With respect to any Plan Year subsequent
 to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year.  For the
 first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of that Plan Year.
 
     2.10 Early_Retirement_Date.  The first day of the month coincident
 with or next following the date upon which the Participant satisfies the
 early retirement age and service requirements in the Adoption Agreement;
 provided, however, such requirements may not be less than age fifty- five
 (55), nor more than fifteen (15) Years of Service.
 
     2.11 Earned_Income.  The net earnings from self- employment in the
 trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established, for which
 personal services of the individual are a material income-producing
 factor.  Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not
 included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items.  Net
 earnings are reduced by contributions to a qualified plan to the extent
 deductible under section 404 of the Code.  Net earnings shall be
 determined with regard to the deduction allowed to the Employer by section
 164(f) of the Code for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989.
 
     2.12 Effective_Date.  The first day of the first Plan Year for
 which the Plan is effective as specified in the Adoption Agreement.
 
     2.13 Eligibility_Computation_Period.  For purposes of determining
 Years of Service and Breaks in Service for eligibility to participate, the
 initial Eligibility Computation Period shall be the twelve (12)
 consecutive month period beginning with the day the Employee first
 performs an Hour of Service for the Employer (employment commencement
 date).  The succeeding twelve (12) consecutive month periods commence with
 the first anniversary of the Employee's employment commencement date.
 
                                   -3-   
<PAGE>

     2.14 Employee.  Any person, including a Self-Employed Individual,
 who is employed by the Employer maintaining the Plan or any other employer
 required to be aggregated with such Employer under sections 414(b), (c),
 (m) or (o) of the Code.  The term "Employee" shall also include any Leased
 Employee deemed to be an Employee of any Employer described above as
 provided in sections 414(n) or (o) of the Code.
 
     2.15 Employer.  The corporation, proprietorship, partnership or
 other organization that adopts the Plan by execution of an Adoption
 Agreement.
 
     2.16 Employer_Contributions.  The contribution of the Employer to
 the Plan and Trust as set forth in section 4.1 and the Adoption Agreement.
 
     2.17 Entry_Dates.  The Effective Date shall be the first Entry
 Date.  Thereafter, the Entry Dates shall be the first day of each Plan
 Year and the first day of the seventh month of each Plan Year.
 
     2.18 ERISA.  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
 as amended.
 
     2.19 Hour_of_Service.
 
          (a)  Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
 payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer.  These hours
 shall be credited to the Employee only for the computation period or
 periods in which the duties are performed; and
 
          (b)  Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
 payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no
 duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship
 has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
 disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence.  No
 more than five hundred one (501) Hours of Service shall be credited under
 this paragraph to an Employee on account of any single, continuous period
 during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period
 occurs in a single computation period).  Hours under this paragraph will
 be calculated and credited pursuant to section 2530.200b-2 of the
 Department of Labor regulations which are incorporated herein by this
 reference.
                                   -4-
<PAGE>
 
          (c)  Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation
 of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer.  The same
 Hours of Service shall not be credited both under paragraph (a) or
 paragraph (b), as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c).  These
 hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or
 periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the
 computation period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made.
 
          (d)  Solely for purposes of determining whether an Employee
 has a Break in Service, Hours of Service shall also include an
 uncompensated authorized leave of absence not in excess of two (2) years,
 or military leave while the Employee's reemployment rights are protected
 by law or such additional or other periods as granted by the Employer as
 military leave (credited on the basis of forty (40) Hours of Service per
 each week or eight (8) Hours of Service per working day), provided the
 Employee returns to employment at the end of his leave of absence or
 within ninety (90) days of the end of his military leave, whichever is
 applicable.
 
          (e)  Hours of Service will be credited for employment with
 other members of an affiliated service group (under section 414(m)), a
 controlled group of corporations (under section 414(b)), or a group of
 trades or businesses under common control (under section 414(c)) of which
 the adopting Employer is a member, and any other entity required to be
 aggregated with the Employer pursuant to section 414(o) and the
 regulations thereunder.  Hours of Service will also be credited for any
 individual considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under section
 414(n) or section 414(o) and the regulations thereunder.
 
          (f)  Solely for purposes of determining whether an Employee
 has a Break in Service, Hours of Service shall also include absence from
 work for maternity or paternity reasons, if the absence begins on or after
 the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after 1984.  During this
 absence, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which
 would have been credited but for the absence, or, if such hours cannot be
 determined with eight (8) hours per day.  An absence from work for
 maternity or paternity reasons means an absence:
  
                                   -5-
<PAGE>

               (i)   by reason of the pregnancy of an Employee;
 
               (ii)  by reason of the birth of a child of the
 Employee;
 
               (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the
 Employee in connection with adoption; or
 
               (iv)  for purposes of caring for such a child for a
 period immediately following such birth or placement.
 
 These Hours of Service shall be credited in the computation period
 following the computation period in which the absence begins, except as
 necessary to prevent a Break in Service in the computation period in which
 the absence begins.  However, no more than five hundred one (501) Hours
 of Service will be credited for purposes of any such maternity or
 paternity absence from work.
 
          (g)  The Employer may elect to compute Hours of Service by
 the use of one of the service equivalencies in the Adoption Agreement. 
 Only one method may be selected.  If selected, the service equivalency
 must be applied to all Employees covered under the Plan.
 
          (h)  If the Employer amends the method of crediting service
 from the elapsed time method described in section 1.410(a)-7 of the
 Treasury regulations to the Hours of Service computation method by the
 adoption of this Plan, or an Employee transfers from a plan under which
 service is determined on the basis of elapsed time, the following rules
 shall apply for purposes of determining the Employee's service under this
 Plan up to the time of amendment or transfer:
 
               (i)   the Employee shall receive credit, as of the date
 of amendment or transfer, for a number of Years of Service equal to the
 number of one (1) year periods of service credited to the Employee as of
 the date of the amendment or transfer; and

                                   -6-
<PAGE>
 
               (ii)  the Employee shall receive credit in the
 applicable computation period which includes the date of amendment or
 transfer, for a number of Hours of Service determined by applying the
 weekly service equivalency specified in paragraph (g) to any fractional
 part of a year credited to the Employee under this paragraph (h) as of the
 date of amendment or transfer.  The use of the weekly service equivalency
 shall apply to all Employees who formerly were credited with service under
 the elapsed time method.
 
     2.20 Integration_Level.  The Taxable Wage Base or such lesser
 amount elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
 
     2.21 Key_Employee.
 
          (a)  Any Employee or former Employee (and the Beneficiaries
 of such Employee) who at any time during the determination period was an
 officer of the Employer if such individual's annual Compensation exceeds
 fifty percent (50%) of the dollar limitation under section 415(b)(1)(A)
 of the Code; an owner (or considered an owner under section 318 of the
 Code) of one of the ten (10) largest interests in the Employer if such
 individual's Compensation exceeds one hundred percent (100%) of the dollar
 limitation under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code; a Five Percent (5%)
 Owner of the Employer; or a one percent (1%) owner of the Employer who has
 annual Compensation of more than one hundred fifty thousand dollars
 ($150,000).
 
          (b)  For purposes of this section, annual Compensation means
 compensation as defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including
 amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction
 agreement which are excludable from the Employee's gross income under
 sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.
 
          (c)  For purposes of this section, determination period is
 the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and the four (4) preceding
 Plan Years.
 
     2.22 Leased_Employee.
 
          (a)  Any person (other than an Employee of any of the
 Affiliated Employers) who, pursuant to an agreement between any of the
 Affiliated Employers and any other person ("leasing organization"), has
 performed service for any of the Affiliated Employers (or for any of the
 Affiliated Employers and related persons determined in accordance with
 section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a
 period of at least one (1) year and such services are of a type
 historically performed by employees in the Affiliated Employer's business
 field.  Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee by the
 
                                  -7-
<PAGE>

 leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the
 Affiliated Employer shall be treated as provided by the Affiliated
 Employer.
 
          (b)  A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee
 of an Affiliated Employer if:
 
               (i)   such employee is covered by a money purchase
 pension plan providing:
 
                     (1)  a nonintegrated employer contribution rate
 of at least ten percent (10%) of compensation (as defined in section
 415(c)(3) of the Code), but including amounts contributed pursuant to a
 salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the employee's gross
 income under sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code;
 
                     (2)  immediate participation; and
 
                     (3)  full and immediate vesting.
 
 and
 
               (ii)  Leased Employees do not constitute more than
 twenty percent (20%) of the Affiliated Employer's non-Highly-Compensated
 workforce.
 
          (c)  The determination of whether a person is a Leased
 Employee will be made pursuant to section 414(n) of the Code.
 
     2.23 Maximum_Disparity_Rate.  The lesser of:
 
          (a)  five and seven-tenths percent (5.7%);
 
          (b)  the applicable percentage determined in accordance with
 the table below:
                                    -8-
<PAGE>
                                      
                        If the Integration Level is
 
                                             The Applicable
 More_Than         But_Not_More_Than         Percentage_Is:
 
 $0                X */                           5.7%
 X of TWB          80% of TWB                     4.3%
 80% of TWB        Y **/                          5.4%
 
 
 */  X = the greater of $10,000 or 20% of the Taxable Wage Base.
 
 **/ Y = any amount more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base but less than
      100% of the Taxable Wage Base.
 
 "TWB" means the Taxable Wage Base.
 
 If the Integration Level used is equal to the Taxable Wage Base, the
 applicable percentage is five and seven-tenths percent (5.7%).
 
 
     2.24 Maximum_Profit_Sharing_Disparity_Rate.  The lesser of:
 
          (a)  two and seven-tenths percent (2.7%);
 
          (b)  the applicable percentage determined in accordance with
 the table below:
 
                        If the Integration Level is
 
                                             The Applicable
 More_Than         But_Not_More_Than         Percentage_Is:
 
 $0                X */                           2.7%
 X of TWB          80% of TWB                     1.3%
 80% of TWB        Y **/                          2.4%
 
 
 */  X = the greater of $10,000 or 20% of the Taxable Wage Base.
 
 **/ Y = any amount more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base but less than
      100% of the Taxable Wage Base.
 
 "TWB" means the Taxable Wage Base.
 
 If the Integration Level used is equal to the Taxable Wage Base, the
 applicable percentage is two and seven-tenths percent (2.7%).
 
     2.25 Non-Key_Employee.  Any Employee or former Employee who is not
 a Key Employee.  In addition, any Beneficiary of a Non-Key Employee shall
 be treated as a Non- Key Employee.
 
     2.26 Normal_Retirement_Age.  The age selected in the Adoption
 Agreement, but not less than age fifty-five (55).  If the Employer
 enforces a mandatory retirement age, the Normal Retirement Age is the
 lesser of that mandatory age or the age specified in the Adoption
 Agreement.
 
     2.27 Owner-Employee.  An individual who is a sole proprietor, or
 who is a partner owning more than ten percent (10%) of either the capital
 or profits interest of a partnership.
 
                                  -9-
<PAGE>

     2.28 Participant.  A person who has met the eligibility
 requirements of section 3.1 and whose Account hereunder has been neither
 completely forfeited nor completely distributed.
 
     2.29 Plan.  The prototype paired defined contribution profit
 sharing and money purchase pension plan provided under this basic plan
 document.  References to the Plan shall refer to the profit sharing
 provisions, the money purchase pension provisions, or both, as the context
 may require.
 
     2.30 Plan_Administrator.  The person, persons or entity appointed
 by the Employer pursuant to ARTICLE 15 to manage and administer the Plan.
 
     2.31 Plan_Year.  The twelve (12) consecutive month period
 designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
 
     2.32 Self-Employed_Individual.  An individual who has Earned Income
 for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is
 established, or an individual who would have had Earned Income for the
 taxable year but for the fact that the trade or business had no net
 profits for the taxable year.
 
     2.33 Shares.  Shares of stock in any regulated investment company
 registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that are made
 available for investment purposes as an investment option under this Plan.
 
     2.34 Sponsor.  The sponsor designated in the Adoption Agreement
 which has made this Plan available to the Employer.
 
     2.35 Taxable_Wage_Base.  The maximum amount of earnings which may
 be considered wages for a year under section 3121(a)(1) of the Code in
 effect as of the beginning of the Plan Year.
 
     2.36 Total_and_Permanent_Disability.  The inability of the
 Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any
 medically determinable physical or mental impairment, which condition, in
 the opinion of a physician chosen by the Plan Administrator, can be
 expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last
 for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.
  
                                 -10-
<PAGE>

     2.37 Trust.  The fund maintained by the Trustee for the investment
 of Plan assets in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Trust
 Agreement.
 
     2.38 Trust_Agreement.  The agreement between the Employer and the
 Trustee under which the assets of the Plan are held, administered, and
 managed.  The provisions of the Trust Agreement shall be considered an
 integral part of this Plan as if set forth fully herein.
 
     2.39 Trustee.   The individual or corporate Trustee or Trustees
 under the Trust Agreement as they may be constituted from time to time.
 
     2.40 Valuation_Date.  The last day of each Plan Year and such other
 dates as may be determined by the Plan Administrator, as provided in
 section 5.6 for valuing the Trust assets.
 
     2.41 Vesting_Computation_Period.  The Plan Year.
 
     2.42 Year_of_Service.  An Eligibility Computation Period, Vesting
 Computation Period, or Plan Year, whichever is applicable, during which
 an Employee has completed at least one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service
 (whether or not continuous).  The Employer may, in the Adoption Agreement,
 specify a fewer number of hours.
 
 
                                 ARTICLE 3
                     ELIGIBILITY AND YEARS OF SERVICE
 
     3.1  Eligibility_Requirements.
 
          (a)  Each Employee of the Affiliated Employers shall become
 a Participant in the Plan as of the first Entry Date after the date on
 which the Employee has satisfied the minimum age and service requirements
 specified in the Adoption Agreement.

                                 -11-
<PAGE>
 
          (b)  The Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to
 exclude from participation:
 
               (i)   Employees included in a unit of employees covered
 by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee
 representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
 bargaining.  For this purpose, the term "Employee representatives" does
 not include any organization more than half of whose members are Employees
 who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer; and
 
               (ii)  nonresident aliens who receive no earned income
 from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United
 States.
 
     3.2  Participation_and_Service_Upon_Reemployment.  Upon the
 reemployment of any Employee, the following rules shall determine his
 eligibility to participate in the Plan and his credit for prior service.
 
          (a)  Participation.  If the reemployed Employee was a
 Participant in the Plan during his prior period of employment, he shall
 be eligible upon reemployment to resume participation in the Plan.  If the
 reemployed Employee was not a Participant in the Plan, he shall be
 considered a new Employee and required to meet the requirements of section
 3.1 in order to be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the
 reinstatement of credit for prior service under paragraph (b) below.
 
          (b)  Credit_for_Prior_Service.  In the case of any Employee
 who is reemployed before or after incurring a Break in Service, any Hour
 of Service and Year of Service credited to the Employee at the end of his
 prior period of employment shall be reinstated as of the date of his
 reemployment.
 
     3.3  Predecessor_Employers.  If specified in the Adoption
 Agreement, Years of Service with a predecessor employer will be treated
 as service for the Employer for eligibility purposes; provided, however,
 if the Employer  maintains the plan of a predecessor employer, Years of
 Service with such employer will be treated as service with the Employer
 without regard to any election.

                                  -12-

<PAGE>
 
 
                                 ARTICLE 4
                               CONTRIBUTIONS
 
     4.1  Employer_Contributions.
 
          (a)  Money_Purchase_Pension_Contributions.  For each Plan
 Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust an amount equal to such
 uniform percentage of Compensation of each eligible Participant as may be
 determined by the Employer in accordance with the money purchase pension
 contribution formula specified in the Adoption Agreement.  Subject to the
 limitations of section 5.4, the money purchase pension contribution
 formula may be integrated with Social Security, as set forth in the
 Adoption Agreement.
 
          (b)  Profit_Sharing_Contribution.  For each Plan Year, the
 Employer shall contribute to the Trust an amount as may be determined by
 the Employer in accordance with the profit sharing formula set forth in
 the Adoption Agreement.
 
          (c)  Eligible_Participants.  Subject to the Minimum
 Allocation rules of section 5.2 and the exclusions specified in this
 section, each Participant shall be eligible to share in the Employer
 Contribution.  An Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement that
 Participants who terminate employment during the Plan Year with not more
 than five hundred (500) Hours of Service and who are not Employees as of
 the last day of the Plan Year (other than Participants who die, retire or
 become totally and Permanently Disabled during the Plan Year) shall not
 be eligible to share in the Employer Contribution.  An Employer may
 further elect in the Adoption Agreement to allocate a contribution on
 behalf of a Participant who completes fewer than five hundred (500) Hours
 of Service and is otherwise ineligible to share in the Employer
 Contribution.  If the Employer fails to specify in the Adoption Agreement
 the number of Hours of Service required to share in the Employer
 Contribution, the number shall be five hundred (500) Hours of Service.
 
          (d)  Contribution_Limitation.  In no event shall any Employer
 Contribution exceed the maximum amount deductible from the Employer's
 income under section 404 of the Code, or the maximum limitations under
 section 415 of the Code provided in ARTICLE 6.
 
     4.2  Payment.  All Employer Contributions to the Trust for any Plan
 Year shall be made either in one lump-sum or in installments in U.S.
 currency, by check, or in Shares within the time prescribed by law,
 including extensions granted by the Internal Revenue Service, for filing
 the Employer's federal income tax return for the taxable year with or
 within which such Plan Year ends.  All Employer Contributions to the Trust
 for a money purchase pension plan for any Plan Year shall be made within
 the time prescribed by regulations under section 412(c)(10) of the Code.

                                 -13-

<PAGE>
 
     4.3  Nondeductible_Voluntary_Contributions_by_Partici pants.
 
          (a)  This Plan will not accept nondeductible Employee
 contributions for Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year in which this
 Plan is adopted by the Employer.  Employee contributions made with respect
 to Plan years beginning after December 31, 1986 will be limited so as to
 meet the nondiscrimination test of section 401(m).
 
          (b)  A separate account shall be maintained by the Trustee
 for the nondeductible Employee contributions of each Participant.
 
          (c)  Employee contributions and earnings thereon shall be
 fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times.
 
          (d)  The provisions of this section shall apply to Employee
 contributions made prior to the first Plan Year after the Plan Year in
 which the Employer adopts this Plan.
 
     4.4  Rollovers.
 
          (a)  Subject to the approval of the Plan Administrator, a
 participant who has participated in any other qualified plan described in
 section 401(a) of the Code or in a qualified annuity plan described in
 section 403(a) of the Code shall be permitted to make a rollover
 contribution in the form of cash to the Trustee of an amount received by
 the Participant that is attributable to participation in such other plan
 (reduced by any nondeductible voluntary contributions he made to the
 plan), provided that the rollover contribution complies with all
 requirements of sections 402(a)(5) or 403(a)(4) of the Code, whichever is
 applicable.
 
          (b)  Before approving such a Participant rollover, the Plan
 Administrator may request from the Participant or the Employer any
 documents which the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, deems necessary
 for such rollover.
 
          (c)  Any rollover contribution to the Trust shall be credited
 to the Participant's rollover subaccount established under section 5.1 and
 separately accounted for.
 
     4.5  Direct_Transfers.
 
          (a)  The Plan shall accept a transfer of assets directly from
 another plan qualified under sections 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code only
 if the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, agrees to accept such
 a transfer.  In determining whether to accept such a transfer the Plan
 Administrator shall consider the administrative inconvenience engendered
 by such a transfer and any risks to the continued qualification of the
 Plan under section 401(a) of the Code.  Acceptance of any such transfer
 shall not preclude the Plan Administrator from refusing any subsequent
 such transfers.

                                 -14-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  Any transfer of assets accepted under this section shall
 be credited to the Participant's direct transfer subaccount and shall be
 separately accounted for at all times and shall remain subject to the
 provisions of the transferor plan (as it existed at the time of such
 transfer) to the extent required by section 411(d)(6) of the Code
 (including, but not limited to, any rights to Qualified Joint and Survivor
 Annuities and qualified preretirement survivor annuities) as if such
 provisions were part of the Plan.  In all other respects, however, such
 transferred assets will be subject to the provisions of the Plan.
 
          (c)  Assets accepted under this section shall be fully vested
 and nonforfeitable.
 
          (d)  Before approving such a direct transfer, the Plan
 Administrator may request from the Participant or the Employer (or the
 prior employer) any documents the Plan Administrator, in its discretion,
 deems necessary for such direct transfer.
 
 
                                 ARTICLE 5
                                ALLOCATIONS
 
     5.1  Individual_Accounts.  The Plan Administrator shall establish
 and maintain an Account in the name of each Participant.  The Account
 shall contain the following subaccounts:
 
          (a)  A money purchase pension contribution subaccount to
 which shall be credited each such Participant's share of (i) Employer
 Contributions under section 4.1(a); (ii) the net earnings or net losses
 on the investment of the assets of the Trust; (iii) distributions; and
 (iv) dividends, capital gain distributions and other earnings received on
 any Shares credited to the Participant's subaccount;
 
          (b)  A profit sharing contribution subaccount to which shall
 be credited each such Participant's share of (i) Employer Contributions
 under section 4.1(b); (ii) forfeitures; (iii) the net earnings or net
 losses on the investment of the assets of the trust; (iv) distributions;
 and (v) dividends, capital gain distributions and other earnings received
 on any Shares credited to the Participant's subaccount;

                                  -15-

<PAGE>
 
          (c)  A nondeductible voluntary contribution subaccount to
 which shall be credited (i) nondeductible voluntary contributions by the
 Participant under section 4.3; (ii) the net earnings or net losses on the
 investment of the assets of the Trust; (iii) distributions; and
 (iv) dividends, capital gain distributions and other earnings received on
 any Shares credited to the Participant's subaccount;
 
          (d)  A direct transfer subaccount to which shall be credited
 (i) contributions to the Trust accepted under section 4.5(a); (ii) the net
 earnings or net losses on the investment of the assets of the Trust;
 (iii) distributions; and (iv) dividends, capital gain distributions and
 other earnings received on any Shares credited to the Participant's
 subaccount;
 
          (e)  A rollover subaccount to which shall be credited
 (i) contributions to the Trust accepted under section 4.4(a); (ii) the net
 earnings or net losses on the investment of the assets of the Trust;
 (iii) distributions; and (iv) dividends, capital gain distributions and
 other earnings received on any Shares credited to the Participant's
 subaccount.
 
     5.2  Minimum_Allocation.
 
          (a)  Except as otherwise provided in this section, the
 Employer Contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of any
 Participant who is not a Key Employee shall not be less than the lesser
 of three percent (3%) of such Participant's Compensation or in the case
 where the Employer has no defined benefit plan which designates this Plan
 to satisfy section 401 of the Code, the largest percentage of Employer
 Contributions and forfeitures, as a percentage of the first two hundred
 thousand dollars ($200,000) of the Key Employee's Compensation, allocated
 on behalf of any Key Employee for that year.  The minimum allocation is
 determined without regard to any Social Security contribution.  This
 minimum allocation shall be made even though, under other Plan provisions,
 the Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation,
 or would have received a lesser allocation for the year because of (i) the
 Participant's failure to complete one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service
 (or any equivalent provided in the Plan); or (ii) the Participant's
 failure to make mandatory Employee contributions to the Plan; or
 (iii) Compensation less than a stated amount.  For purposes of this
 subsection, all defined contribution plans required to be included in an
 aggregation group under section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) shall be treated as a
 single plan.

                                  -16-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  For purposes of computing the minimum allocation,
 Compensation shall mean Compensation as defined in section 6.5(b) of the
 Plan.
 
          (c)  The provision in subsection (a) above shall not apply
 to any Participant who was not employed by the Employer on the last day
 of the Plan Year.
 
          (d)  The provision in subsection (a) above shall not apply
 to any Participant to the extent the Participant is covered under any
 other plan or plans of the Employer and the Employer has provided in the
 Adoption Agreement that the minimum allocation or benefit requirement
 applicable to top-heavy plans will be met in the other plan or plans.
 
          (e)  The minimum allocation required (to the extent required
 to be nonforfeitable under section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under
 section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).
 
     5.3  Allocation_of_Employer_Contributions_and_Forfeitures.
 
          (a)  All money purchase pension contributions for a given
 Plan Year shall be allocated to the Account of the Participant for whom
 such contribution was made.  Any forfeiture from a Participant's money
 purchase pension contribution subaccount arising under the Plan for a
 given Plan Year shall be applied as specified in the Adoption Agreement,
 either: (i) to reduce the Employer Contribution in that year, or if in
 excess of the Employer Contribution for such Plan Year, the excess amounts
 shall be used to reduce the Employer Contribution in the next succeeding
 Plan Year or Years or (ii) to be added to the Employer Contributions and
 allocated accordingly.
 
          (b)  All profit sharing contributions and forfeitures from
 a Participant's profit sharing contribution subaccount will be allocated
 to the Account of each Participant in the ratio that such Participant's
 Compensation bears to the Compensation of all Participants.  However, if
 the profit sharing contribution formula selected in the  Adoption
 Agreement is integrated with Social Security, profit sharing contributions
 for the Plan Year plus any forfeitures will be allocated to Participants'
 Accounts as follows:

                                  -17-

<PAGE>

 
               (i)   Step_One.  Contributions and forfeitures will be
 allocated to each Participant's Account in the ratio that each
 Participant's total Compensation bears to all Participants' total
 Compensation, but not in excess of three percent (3%) of each
 Participant's Compensation.  (Step One is not applicable if the Employer
 enters into the money purchase pension Adoption Agreement).
 
               (ii)  Step_Two.  Any contributions and forfeitures
 remaining after the allocation in Step One (if any) will be allocated to
 each Participant's Account in the ratio that each Participant's
 Compensation for the Plan Year in excess of the Integration Level bears
 to the excess Compensation of all Participants, but not in excess of three
 percent (3%).  (Step Two is not applicable if the Employer enters into the
 money purchase pension Adoption Agreement).
 
               (iii) Step_Three.  Any contributions and forfeitures
 remaining after the allocation in Step Two (if any) will be allocated to
 each Participant's Account in the ratio that the sum of each Participant's
 total Compensation and Compensation in excess of the Integration Level
 bears to the sum of all Participants' total Compensation and Compensation
 in excess of the Integration Level, but not in excess of whichever of the
 following is applicable:
 
               (i)   if the Employer has not adopted the money
 purchase pension Adoption Agreement, then the Maximum Profit Sharing
 Disparity Rate; or
 
               (ii)  If the Employer has adopted the money purchase
 pension Adoption Agreement, then the lesser of:
 
                     (1)  the percentage of each Participant's
 Compensation for the Plan Year up to the Integration Level determined by
 dividing the allocation by such Compensation (the base contribution
 percentage); or
 
                     (2)  the Maximum Disparity Rate.
 
               (iv)  Step_Four.  Any remaining contributions or
 forfeitures will be allocated to each Participant's Account in the ratio
 that each Participant's total Compensation for the Plan Year bears to all
 Participants' total Compensation for that year.
 
          (c)  Notwithstanding anything in (a) or (b) above to the
 contrary, forfeitures arising under a Participant's money purchase pension
 contribution subaccount will only be used to reduce the contributions of
 the Participant's Employer who adopted this Plan, and forfeitures arising
 under a Participant's profit sharing contribution subaccount will be
 reallocated only for the benefit of Employees of the Participant's
 Employer who adopted this Plan.

                                -18-

<PAGE>
 
     5.4  Coordination_of_Social_Security_Integration.  If the Employer
 maintains plans involving integration with Social Security other than this
 Plan, and if any Participant is eligible to participate in more than one
 of such plans, all such plans will be considered to be integrated if the
 extent of the integration of all such plans does not exceed one hundred
 percent (100%).  For purposes of the preceding sentence, the extent of
 integration of a plan is the ratio (expressed as a percentage) which the
 actual benefits, benefit rate, offset rate, or Employer Contribution rate
 under the plan bears to the integration limitation applicable to such
 plan.  If the Employer enters into both the money purchase pension
 Adoption Agreement and the profit sharing Adoption Agreement under this
 Plan, integration with Social Security may only be selected in one Adop-
 
 tion Agreement.
 
     5.5  Withdrawals_and_Distributions.  Any distribution to a
 Participant or his Beneficiary, any amount transferred from a
 Participant's Account directly to the Trustee of any other qualified plan
 described in section 401(a) of the Code or to a qualified annuity plan
 described in section 403(a) of the Code, or any withdrawal by a
 Participant shall be charged to the appropriate subaccount(s) of the
 Participant as of the date of the distribution or the withdrawal.
 
     5.6  Determination_of_Value_of_Trust_Fund_and_of_Net
 Earnings_or_Losses.  As of each Valuation Date the Trustee shall determine
 for the period then ended the sum of the net earnings or losses of the
 Trust (excluding with respect to Shares and other assets specifically
 allocated to a specific Participant's subaccount, (i) dividends and
 capital gain distributions from Shares, (ii) receipts or income
 attributable to insurance policies, (iii) income gains and/or losses
 attributable to a Participant's loans made pursuant to ARTICLE 13 or to
 any other assets) which shall reflect accrued but unpaid interest,
 dividends, gains, or losses realized from the sale, exchange or collection
 of assets, other income received, appreciation in the fair market value
 of assets, depreciation in the fair market value of assets, administration
 expenses, and taxes and other expenses paid.  Gains or losses realized and
 adjustments for appreciation or depreciation in fair market value shall
 be computed with respect to the difference between such value as of the
 preceding Valuation Date or date of purchase, whichever is applicable, and
 the value as of the date of disposition or the current Valuation Date,
 whichever is applicable.

                                  -19-

<PAGE>
 
     5.7  Allocation_of_Net_Earnings_or_Losses.
 
          (a)  As of each Valuation Date the net earnings or losses of
 the Trust (excluding with respect to Shares and other assets specifically
 allocated to a specific Participant's subaccount, (i) dividends and
 capital gain distributions from Shares, (ii) dividends or credits
 attributable to insurance policies, (iii) income gains and/or losses
 attributable to a Participant's loans made pursuant to ARTICLE 13 or to
 any other assets, all of which shall be allocated to such Participant's
 subaccount) for the valuation period then ending shall be allocated to the
 Accounts of all Participants (or Beneficiaries) having credits in the fund
 both on such date and at the beginning of such valuation period.  Such
 allocation shall be made by the application of a fraction, the numerator
 of which is the value of the Account of a specific Participant (or
 Beneficiary) as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date, reduced by
 any distributions therefrom since such preceding Valuation Date, and the
 denominator of which is the total value of all such Accounts as of the
 preceding Valuation Date, reduced by any distributions therefrom since
 such preceding Valuation Date.
 
          (b)  To the extent that Shares and other assets are
 specifically allocated to a specific Participant's subaccount:
 (i) dividends and capital gain distributions from Shares; (ii) dividends
 or credits attributable to insurance policies; and (iii) income gains
 and/or losses attributable to a Participant's loans made pursuant to
 ARTICLE 13 or to any other assets, all shall be allocated to such Partici-
 pant's subaccount.

                                -20-

<PAGE>
 
     5.8  Responsibilities_of_the_Plan_Administrator.  The Plan
 Administrator shall maintain accurate records with respect to the
 contributions made by or on behalf of Participants under the Plan, and
 shall furnish the Trustee with written instructions directing the Trustee
 to allocate all Plan contributions to the Trust among the separate
 Accounts of Participants in accordance with section 5.1 above.  In making
 any such allocation, the Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on the
 instructions furnished by the Plan Administrator, and shall be under no
 duty to make any inquiry or investigation with respect thereto.
 
 
                                 ARTICLE 6
                        LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS
 
     6.1  Employers_Who_Do_Not_Maintain_Other_Qualified Plans.
 
          (a)  If the Participant does not participate in, and has
 never participated in another qualified plan or a welfare benefit fund,
 as defined in section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the Employer, or
 an individual medical account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the
 Code, maintained by the Employer, which provides an Annual Addition as
 defined in section 6.5(a), the amount of Annual Additions that may be
 credited to the Participant's Account for any Limitation Year will not
 exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other
 limitation contained in this Plan.  If the Employer Contribution that
 would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account
 would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the
 Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount contributed or allocated will be
 reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal
 the Maximum Permissible Amount.
 
          (b)  Prior to determining the Participant's actual
 Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the
 Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable
 estimation of the Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year,
 uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated.
 
          (c)  As soon as is administratively feasible after the end
 of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation
 Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual
 Compensation for the Limitation Year.
 
          (d)  If, pursuant to subsection (c) or as a result of the
 allocation of forfeitures, there is an Excess Amount the excess will be
 disposed of as follows:
 
               (i)   Any nondeductible voluntary Employee
 contributions, to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be
 returned to the Participant;
 
               (ii)  If after the application of paragraph (i) an
 Excess Amount still exists, and the Participant is covered by the Plan at
 the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount in the Participant's
 Account will be used to reduce Employer Contributions (including any
 allocation of forfeitures) for such Participant in the next Limitation
 Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

                                  -21-

<PAGE>
 
               (iii) If after the application of paragraph (i) an
 Excess Amount still exists, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan
 at the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be held
 unallocated in a suspense account.  The suspense account will be applied
 to reduce future Employer Contributions (including allocation of any
 forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year,
 and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;
 
               (iv)  If a suspense account is in existence at any time
 during the Limitation Year pursuant to this section, it will not
 participate in the allocation of the Trust's investment gains and losses. 
 If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a particular
 Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated and
 reallocated to Participants' Accounts before any Employer or any Employee
 contributions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year.  Excess
 amounts may not be distributed to Participants or former Participants.
 
     6.2  Employers_Who_Maintain_Other_Qualified_Master_or
           Prototype_Defined_Contribution_Plans.
 
          (a)  This section applies if, in addition to this Plan, the
 Participant is covered under another qualified master or prototype defined
 contribution plan maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund, as
 defined in section 419(e) of the Code maintained by the Employer or an
 individual medical account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
 maintained by the Employer which provides an Annual Addition as defined
 in section 6.5(a), during any Limitation Year.  The Annual Additions that
 may be credited to a Participant's Account under this Plan for any such
 Limitation Year will not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by
 the Annual Additions credited to a Participant's Account under the other
 plans and welfare benefit funds for the same Limitation Year.  If the
 Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under other defined
 contribution plans and welfare benefit funds maintained by the Employer
 are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount and the Employer Contribution
 that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's
 Account under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the
 Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or
 allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such
 plans and funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible
 Amount.  If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under
 such other defined contribution plans and welfare benefit funds in the
 aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no
 amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account under
 this Plan for the Limitation Year.

                                 -22-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  Prior to determining the Participant's actual
 Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the
 Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant in the manner described in
 section 6.1(b).
 
          (c)  As soon as is administratively feasible after the end
 of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation
 Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual
 Compensation for the Limitation Year.
 
          (d)  If, pursuant to section 6.2(c), or as a result of the
 allocation of forfeitures, a Participant's Annual Additions under this
 Plan and such other plans would result in an Excess Amount for a
 Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the Annual
 Additions last allocated, except that Annual Additions attributable to a
 welfare benefit fund or individual medical account will be deemed to have
 been allocated first regardless of the actual allocation date.
 
          (e)  If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Participant on
 an allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date
 of another plan, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be the
 product of:
 
               (i)   the total Excess Amount allocated as of such
 date, times
 
               (ii)  the ratio of (1) the Annual Additions allocated
 to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan
 to (2) the total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the
 Limitation Year as of such date under this and all the other qualified
 master or prototype defined contribution plans.
 
          (f)  Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be
 disposed of in the manner described in section 6.1(d).

                                   -23-

<PAGE>
 
     6.3  Employers_Who,_In_Addition_to_this_Plan,_Maintain
 Other_Qualified_Plans_Which_Are_Defined_Contribution_Plans
 Other_than_Master_or_Prototype_Plans.  If the Participant is covered under
 another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer
 which is not a Master or Prototype Plan, Annual Additions which may be
 credited to the Participant's Account under this Plan for any Limitation
 Year will be limited in accordance with section 6.2 as though the other
 plan were a Master or Prototype Plan unless the Employer provides other
 limitations in the Adoption Agreement.
 
     6.4  Employers_Who,_In_Addition_to_This_Plan,_Maintain
 A_Qualified_Defined_Benefit_Plan.  If the Employer maintains, or at any
 time maintained, a qualified defined benefit plan covering any Participant
 in this Plan, the sum of the Participant's Defined Benefit Fraction and
 Defined Contribution Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year. 
 The Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account
 under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with
 the Adoption Agreement.
 
     6.5  Definitions.  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, for
 purposes of this ARTICLE only, the following definitions and rules of
 interpretation shall apply:
 
          (a)  Annual_Additions.  The sum of the following amounts
 credited to a Participant's Account for the Limitation Year:
 
               (i)   Employer Contributions;
 
               (ii)  Employee contributions;
 
               (iii) forfeitures; and
 
               (iv)  amounts allocated after March 31, 1984 to an
 individual medical account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
 which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer, are
 treated as Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan.  Also, amounts
 derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in
 taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-
 retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key
 employee, as defined in section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, under a welfare
 benefit fund, as defined in section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the
 Employer, are treated as Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan.
 
 For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under sections 6.1(d) or
 6.2(f) in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer Contributions will be
 considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.

                                -24-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  Compensation.  A Participant's earned income, wages,
 salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts received
 for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with
 the Employer maintaining the Plan (including, but not limited to,
 commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a
 percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips and
 bonuses), and excluding the following:
 
               (i)   Employer contributions to a plan of deferred
 compensation which are not includable in the Employee's gross income for
 the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer Contributions under a
 simplified employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are
 excluded from the Employee's gross income, or any distributions from a
 plan of deferred compensation;
 
               (ii)  Amounts realized from the exercise of a
 nonqualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by
 the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject
 to a substantial risk of forfeiture;
 
               (iii) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
 disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and
 
               (iv)  Other amounts which received special tax
 benefits, or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a
 salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity described
 in section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not the amounts are actually
 excludable from the gross income of the Employee).
 
               For purposes of applying the limitations of this
 ARTICLE, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually
 paid or includable in gross income during such year.
 
               Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Compensation for
 a Participant in a defined contribution plan who is Totally and
 Permanently Disabled (as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code) is the
 Compensation such Participant would have received for the Limitation Year
 if the Participant had been paid at the rate of Compensation paid
 immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled; such imputed
 Compensation for the disabled Participant may be taken into account only
 if the Participant is not a Highly-Compensated Employee (as defined in
 section 414(q) of the Code), and contributions made on behalf of such
 Participant are nonforfeitable when made.

                                 -25-

<PAGE>
 
          (c)  Defined_Benefit_Fraction.  A fraction, the numerator of
 which is the sum of the Participant's Projected Annual Benefits under all
 the defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the
 Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of one hundred
 percent (100%) of the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation Year
 under sections 415(b) and (d) of the Code or one hundred forty percent
 (140%) of highest average compensation, including any adjustments under
 section 415(b) of the Code.
 
          Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a
 Participant as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning
 after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained
 by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator
 of this fraction will not be less than one hundred twenty-five percent
 (125%) of the sum of the annual benefits under such plans which the
 Participant had accrued as of the close of the last Limitation Year
 beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the terms
 and conditions of the Plan after May 5, 1986.   The preceding sentence
 applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in the
 aggregate satisfied the requirements of section 415 of the Code for all
 Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987.
 
          (d)  Defined_Contribution_Dollar_Limitation.  Thirty thousand
 dollars ($30,000) or, if greater, one- fourth (1/4) of the defined benefit
 dollar limitation set forth in section 415(b)(1) of the Code as in effect
 for the Limitation Year.
 
          (e)  Defined_Contribution_Fraction.  A fraction, the
 numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant's
 Account under all the defined contribution plans (whether or not
 terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current and all prior
 Limitation Years (including the Annual Additions attributable to the
 Participant's nondeductible voluntary contributions to all defined benefit
 plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer, and the
 Annual Additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds, as defined in
 section 419(e) of the Code and individual medical accounts, as defined in
 section 415(l)(2) of the Code, maintained by the Employer), and the
 denominator of which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for the
 current and all prior Limitation Years of service with the Employer
 (regardless of whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the
 Employer).  The maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the
 lesser of one hundred percent (100%) of the dollar limitation in effect
 under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code or thirty-five percent (35%) of the
 Participant's Compensation for such year.

                                     -26-

<PAGE
 
          If the Participant was a Participant as of the end of the
 first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986,
 in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which
 were in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be
 adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the Defined Benefit Fraction
 would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan.  Under the
 adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum
 of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator of this fraction, will
 be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction.  The
 adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as
 of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987,
 and disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan made
 after May 5, 1986, but using the section 415 limitation applicable to the
 first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987.  The Annual
 Addition for any Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, shall
 not be recomputed to treat all Employee contributions as Annual Additions.
 
          (f)  Employer.  For purposes of this ARTICLE, Employer shall
 mean the employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled
 group of corporations (as defined in section 414(b) of the Code as
 modified by section 415(h) of the Code), all commonly controlled trades
 or businesses (as defined in section 414(c) of the Code as modified by
 section 415(h) of the Code), or affiliated service groups (as defined in
 section 414(m) of the Code) of which the adopting Employer is a part and
 any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to
 regulations under section 414(o) of the Code.
 
          (g)  Excess_Amount.  The excess of the Participant's Annual
 Addition for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.
 
          (h)  Highest_Average_Compensation.  The average compensation
 for the three consecutive Plan Years that produce the highest average.
 
          (i)  Limitation_Year.  A Plan Year, or the twelve (12)
 consecutive month period elected by the Employer in the Adoption
 Agreement.  All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use the
 same Limitation Year.  If the Limitation Year is amended to a different
 twelve (12) consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin
 on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

                               -27-

<PAGE>
 
          (j)  Master_or_Prototype_Plan.  A plan the form of which is
 the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue
 Service.
 
          (k)  Maximum_Permissible_Amount.  The maximum Annual Addition
 that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant's Account under the
 Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of:
 
          (a)  the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation;
 
 or
 
          (b)  twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's
 Compensation for the Limitation Year.
 
          The Compensation limitation referred to in subsection (b)
 shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the
 meaning of section 401(h) or section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is
 otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under section 415(l)(1) or section
 419A(d)(2) of the Code.
 
          If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment
 changing the Limitation Year to a different twelve (12) consecutive month
 period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the Defined
 Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by the following fraction:
 
               Number of Months in the Short Limitation Year
               ---------------------------------------------
                                    12
 
          (l)  Projected_Annual_Benefit.  The annual retirement benefit
 (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such
 benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight life annuity or
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) to which the Participant would be
 entitled under the terms of the Plan assuming:
 
               (i)   the Participant will continue employment until
 Normal Retirement Age under the Plan (or current age, if later), and
 
               (ii)  the Participant's Compensation for the current
 Limitation Year and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits
 under the Plan will remain constant for all future Limitation Years.

                                 -28-

<PAGE>
 
 
                                 ARTICLE 7
                                TRUST FUND
 
     7.1  Receipt_of_Contributions_by_Trustee.  All contributions to the
 Trust that are received by the Trustee, together with any earnings
 thereon, shall be held, managed and administered by the Trustee named in
 the Adoption Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
 Trust Agreement and the Plan.  The Trustee may use a Custodian designated
 by the Sponsor to perform recordkeeping and custodial functions.  The
 Trustee shall be subject to the proper directions of the Employer or the
 Plan Administrator made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and
 ERISA.
 
     7.2  Investment_Responsibility.
 
          (a)  If the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to
 exercise investment authority and responsibility, the selection of the
 investments in which assets of the Trust are invested shall be the
 responsibility of the Plan Administrator and each Participant will have
 a ratable interest in all assets of the Trust.
 
          (b)  If the Adoption Agreement so provides and the Employer
 elects to permit each Participant or Beneficiary to select the investments
 in his Account, no person, including the Trustee and the Plan
 Administrator, shall be liable for any loss or for any breach of fiduciary
 duty which results from such Participant's or Beneficiary's exercise of
 control.
 
          (c)  If the Adoption Agreement so provides and the Employer
 elects to permit each Participant or Beneficiary to select the investments
 in his Account, the Employer or the Plan Administrator must complete a
 schedule of Participant designations.
 
          (d)  If Participants and Beneficiaries are permitted to
 select the investment in their Accounts, all investment related expenses,
 including administrative fees charged by brokerage houses, will be charged
 against the Accounts of the Participants.
 
          (e)  The Plan Administrator may at any time change the
 selection of investments in which the assets of the Trust are invested,
 or subject to such reasonable restrictions as may be imposed by the
 Sponsor for administrative convenience, may submit an amended schedule of
 Participant designations.  Such amended documents may provide for a
 variance in the percentages of contributions to any particular investment
 or a request that Shares in the Trust be reinvested in whole or in part
 in other Shares.

                                  -29-

<PAGE>
 
     7.3  Investment_Limitations.  The Sponsor may impose reasonable
 investment limitations on the Employer and the Plan Administrator relating
 to the type of permissible investments in the Trust or the minimum
 percentage of Trust assets to be invested in Shares.
 
 
                                 ARTICLE 8
                                  VESTING
 
     8.1  Nondeductible_Voluntary_Contributions_and Earnings.  The
 Participant's nondeductible voluntary contribution subaccount shall be
 fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times and no forfeitures will occur
 as a result of an Employee's withdrawal of nondeductible voluntary
 contributions.

                                -30-

<PAGE>
 
     8.2  Rollovers,_Transfers_and_Earnings.  The Participant's rollover
 subaccount and direct transfer subaccount shall be fully vested and
 nonforfeitable at all times.
 
     8.3  Employer_Contributions_and_Earnings.  Notwithstanding the
 vesting schedule elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the
 Participant's money purchase pension contribution subaccount and profit
 sharing contribution subaccount shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable
 upon the Participant's death, disability, attainment of Normal Retirement
 Age, or, if the Adoption Agreement provides for an Early Retirement Date,
 attainment of the required age and completion of the required service. 
 In the absence of any of the preceding events, the Participant's money
 purchase contribution subaccount and his profit sharing contribution
 subaccount shall vest in accordance with a minimum vesting schedule
 specified in the Adoption Agreement.  The schedule must be at least as
 favorable to Participants as either schedule (a) or (b) below.
 
          (a)  Graduated vesting according to the following schedule:
 
          Years_of_Service          Vested_Percentage
 
          Less than 2                       0%
          2 but less than 3                20%
          3 but less than 4                40%
          4 but less than 5                60%
          5 but less than 6                80%
          6 or more                       100%
 
          (b)  Full one hundred percent (100%) vesting after three (3)
 Years of Service.
 
     8.4  Amendments_to_Vesting_Schedule.
 
          (a)  If the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or the Plan
 is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation
 of the Participant's nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed
 amended by an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule,
 each Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service with the
 Employer may elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the
 amendment or change, to have the nonforfeitable percentage computed under
 the Plan without regard to such amendment or change.  For any Participants
 who do not have at least one (1) Hour of Service in any Plan Year
 beginning after December 31, 1988, the preceding sentence shall be applied
 by substituting "five (5) Years of Service" for "three (3) Years of
 Service" where such language appears.

                                    -31-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  The period during which the election may be made shall
 commence with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and
 shall end on the latest of:
 
               (i)   sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted;
 
               (ii)  sixty (60) days after the amendment becomes
 effective; or
 
               (iii) sixty (60) days after the Participant is issued
 written notice of the amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator.
 
          (c)  No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the
 extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued
 benefit.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant's Account
 balance may be reduced to the extent permitted under section 412(c)(8) of
 the Code.  For purposes of this paragraph, a Plan amendment which has the
 effect of decreasing a Participant's Account balance or eliminating an
 optional form of benefit, with respect to benefits attributable to service
 before the amendment shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit. 
 Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of a Plan is amended, in the case of
 an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date such
 amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable
 percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employee's right to his
 Employer-derived accrued benefit will not be less than his percentage
 computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.
 
     8.5  Determination_of_Years_of_Service.  For purposes of
 determining the vested and nonforfeitable percentage of the Participant's
 Employer Contribution subaccounts, all of the Participant's Years of
 Service with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer shall be taken into
 account.  If specified in the Adoption Agreement, Years of Service with
 a predecessor employer will be treated as service for the Employer;
 provided, however, if the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor
 employer, Years of Service with such predecessor employer will be treated
 as service with the Employer without regard to any election.

                                   -32-

<PAGE>
 
     8.6  Forfeiture_of_Nonvested_Amounts.
 
          (a)  For Plan Years beginning before 1985, any portion of a
 Participant's Account that is not vested shall be forfeited by him as of
 the last day of the Plan Year in which a Break in Service occurs.  For
 Plan Years beginning after 1984, any portion of a Participant's Account
 that is not vested shall be forfeited by him as of the last day of the
 Plan Year in which his fifth consecutive Break in Service occurs.  Any
 amounts thus forfeited shall be reallocated as provided in ARTICLE 5 and
 shall not be considered part of a Participant's Account in computing his
 vested interest.  The remaining portion of the Participant's Account will
 be nonforfeitable.
 
          (b)  If a distribution is made at a time when a Participant
 has a vested right to less than one hundred percent (100%) of the value
 of the Participant's Account attributable to Employer Contributions and
 forfeitures, as determined in accordance with the provisions of section
 8.3, and the nonvested portion of the Participant's Account has not yet
 been forfeited in accordance with paragraph (a) above:
 
               (i)   a separate remainder subaccount shall be
 established for the Participant's interest in the Plan as of the time of
 the distribution, and
 
               (ii)  at any relevant time the Participant's vested
 portion of the separate remainder subaccount shall be equal to an amount
 ("X") determined by the following formula:
 
                       X = P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D)
 
          For purposes of applying the formula:  P is the vested
 percentage at the relevant time; AB is the Account balance at the relevant
 time; D is the amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of the
 Account balance at the relevant time to the Account balance after
 distribution.
 
     8.7  Reinstatement_of_Benefit.  If a benefit is forfeited because
 a Participant or Beneficiary cannot be found, such benefit will be
 reinstated if a claim is made by the Participant or Beneficiary.

                                   -33-

<PAGE>
 
 
                                 ARTICLE 9
                  JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS
 
     9.1  General.  The provisions of this ARTICLE shall apply to any
 Participant who is credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service with the
 Employer on or after August 23, 1984, and such other Participants as
 provided in section 9.7.
 
     9.2  Qualified_Joint_and_Survivor_Annuity.  Unless an optional form
 of benefit is selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within the ninety
 (90) day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date, a married
 Participant's Vested Account Balance will be paid in the form of a
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and an unmarried Participant's Vested
 Account Balance will be paid in the form of a life annuity.  The
 Participant may elect to have such annuity distributed upon attainment of
 the Earliest Retirement Age under the Plan.
 
     9.3  Qualified_Preretirement_Survivor_Annuity.  Unless an optional
 form of benefit has been selected within the Election Period pursuant to
 a Qualified Election, if a Participant dies before the Annuity Starting
 Date, then the Participant's Vested Account Balance shall be applied
 toward the purchase of an annuity for the life of the Surviving Spouse. 
 The Surviving Spouse may elect to have such annuity distributed within a
 reasonable period after the Participant's death.
 
     9.4  Definitions.
 
          (a)  Election_Period.
 
               (i)   The period which begins on the first day of the
 Plan Year in which the Participant attains age thirty-five (35) and ends
 on the date of the Participant's death.  If a Participant separates from
 service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age thirty-five
 (35) is attained, with respect to the Account balance as of the date of
 separation, the Election Period shall begin on the date of separation.

                                   -34-

<PAGE>
 
               (ii)  A Participant who has not yet attained age
 thirty-five (35) as of the end of any current Plan Year may make a special
 Qualified Election to waive the qualified preretirement survivor annuity
 for the period beginning on the date of such election and ending on the
 first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant will attain age
 thirty-five (35).  Such election shall not be valid unless the Participant
 receives a written explanation of the qualified preretirement survivor
 annuity in such terms as are comparable to the explanation required under
 section 9.5.  Qualified preretirement survivor annuity coverage will be
 automatically reinstated as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the
 Participant attains age thirty-five (35).  Any new waiver on or after such
 date shall be subject to the full requirements of this ARTICLE.
 
          (b)  Earliest_Retirement_Age.  The earliest date on which,
 under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive retirement
 benefits.
 
          (c)  Qualified_Election.
 
               (i)   A waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
 Annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity.  Any waiver of a
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor
 annuity shall not be effective unless:
 
                     (1)  the Participant's Spouse consents in
 writing to the election;
 
                     (2)  the election designates a specific
 Beneficiary, including any class of Beneficiaries or any contingent
 Beneficiaries, which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the
 Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any
 further spousal consent);
 
                     (3)  the Spouse's consent acknowledges the
 effect of the election; and
 
                     (4)  the Spouse's consent is witnessed by a Plan
 representative or notary public.  Additionally, a Participant's waiver of
 the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall not be effective unless the
 election designates a form of benefit payment which may not be changed
 without spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by
 the participant without any further spousal consent).  If it is
 established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that there is no
 Spouse or that the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a
 Qualified Election.

                                  -35-

<PAGE>
 
               (ii)  Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this
 provision (or establishment that the consent of Spouse may not be
 obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such Spouse.  A consent
 that permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of
 further consent by such Spouse must acknowledge that the Spouse has the
 right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a specific form of
 benefit where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to
 relinquish either or both of such rights.  A revocation of a prior waiver
 may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any time
 before the commencement of benefits.  The number of revocations shall not
 be limited.  No consent obtained under this provision shall be valid
 unless the Participant has received notice as provided in section 9.5.
 
          (d)  Qualified_Joint_and_Survivor_Annuity.  An immediate
 annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the
 life of the Spouse which equals fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the
 annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the
 Spouse and which is the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the
 Participant's Vested Account Balance.
 
          (e)  Spouse_(Surviving_Spouse).  The Spouse or Surviving
 Spouse of the Participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated
 as the Spouse or Surviving Spouse and a current Spouse will not be treated
 as the Spouse or Surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified
 domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.
 
          (f)  Annuity_Starting_Date.  The first day of the first
 period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.
 
          (g)  Vested_Account_Balance.  The aggregate value of the
 Participant's Vested Account Balances derived from Employer and Employee
 contributions (including rollovers and direct transfers), whether vested
 before or upon death, including the proceeds of insurance contracts if
 any, on the Participant's life.  The provisions of this ARTICLE shall
 apply to a Participant who is vested in amounts attributable to Employer
 Contributions, Employee contributions (or both) at the time of death or
 distribution.
 
     9.5  Notice_Requirements.
 
          (a)  In the case of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,
 the Plan Administrator shall no less than thirty (30) days and no more
 than ninety (90) days prior to the Annuity Starting Date, provide each
 Participant a written explanation of:
 
               (i)   the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and
 Survivor Annuity;
 
               (ii)  the Participant's right to make and the effect
 of an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of
 benefit;
 
               (iii) the rights of a Participant's Spouse; and
 
               (iv)  the right to make, and the effect of, a
 revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and
 Survivor Annuity.

                                -36-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  In the case of a qualified preretirement survivor
 annuity as described in section 9.3, the Plan Administrator shall provide
 each Participant within the applicable period for such Participant a
 written explanation of the qualified preretirement survivor annuity in
 such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the explanation
 provided for meeting the requirements of subsection (a) applicable to a
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
 
          (c)  The applicable period for a Participant is whichever of
 the following periods ends last:
 
               (i)   the period beginning with the first day of the
 Plan Year in which the Participant attains age thirty-two (32) and ending
 with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the
 Participant attains age thirty-five (35);
 
               (ii)  a reasonable period ending after the individual
 becomes a Participant;
 
               (iii) a reasonable period ending after subsection (e)
 ceases to apply to the Participant;
 
               (iv)  a reasonable period ending after this ARTICLE
 first applies to the Participant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice
 must be provided within a reasonable period ending after separation from
 service in the case of a Participant who separates from service before
 attaining age thirty-five (35).
 
          (d)  For purposes of applying subsection (c), a reasonable
 period ending after the enumerated events described above in subsections
 (ii), (iii) and (iv) is the end of the two-year period beginning one (1)
 year prior to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one (1)
 year after that date.  In the case of a Participant who separates from
 service before the Plan Year in which age thirty-five (35) is attained,
 notice shall be provided within the two (2) year period beginning one (1)
 year prior to separation and ending one (1) year after separation.  If
 such a participant thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, the
 applicable period for such Participant shall be redetermined.

                                  -37-

<PAGE>
 
          (e)  Notwithstanding the other requirements of this section,
 the respective notices prescribed by this section need not be given to a
 Participant if:
 
               (i)   the Plan "fully subsidizes" the cost of a
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or qualified preretirement survivor
 annuity; and
 
               (ii)  the Plan does not allow the Participant to waive
 the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or qualified preretirement
 survivor annuity and does not allow a married Participant to designate a
 nonspouse Beneficiary.
 
          For purposes of this subsection, a plan fully subsidizes the
 costs of a benefit if no increase in cost, or decrease in benefits to the
 Participant may result from the Participant's failure to elect another
 benefit.
 
     9.6  Safe_Harbor_Rules.
 
          (a)  This section shall apply to a Participant in a profit
 sharing plan, and to any distribution, made on or after the first day of
 the first Plan year beginning after December 31, 1988, from or under a
 separate account attributable solely to accumulated deductible Employee
 contributions, as defined in section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code, and
 maintained on behalf of a Participant in a money purchase pension plan
 (including a target benefit plan) if the following conditions are
 satisfied:
 
               (i)   the Participant does not or cannot elect payments
 in the form of a life annuity; and
 
               (ii)  on the death of a Participant, the Participant's
 Vested Account Balance will be paid to the Participant's Surviving Spouse, 
 but if there is no Surviving Spouse, or if the Surviving Spouse has
 consented in a manner conforming to a Qualified Election, then to the
 Participant's Designated Beneficiary.
 
          (b)  The Surviving Spouse may elect to have distribution of
 the Vested Account Balance commence within the ninety (90) day period
 following the date of the Participant's death.  The Account balance shall
 be adjusted for gains or losses occurring after the Participant's death
 in accordance with the provisions of the Plan governing the adjustment of
 Account balances for other types of distributions.

                                 -38-

<PAGE>
 
          (c)  This section shall not be operative with respect to a
 Participant in a profit sharing plan if the plan is a direct or indirect
 transferee of a defined benefit plan, money purchase plan, a target
 benefit plan, stock bonus, or profit sharing plan which is subject to the
 survivor annuity requirements of sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code. 
 If this section is operative, then the provisions of this ARTICLE, other
 than section 9.7, shall be inoperative.
 
          (d)  The Participant may waive the spousal death benefit
 described in this section at any time provided that no such waiver shall
 be effective unless it satisfies the conditions of section 9.4(c) (other
 than the notification requirement referred to therein) that would apply
 to the Participant's waiver of the qualified preretirement survivor
 annuity.
 
          (e)  For purposes of this section, Vested Account Balance
 shall mean, in the case of a money purchase pension plan or a target
 benefit plan, the Participant's separate Account balance attributable
 solely to accumulated deductible Employee contributions within the meaning
 of section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code.  In the case of a profit sharing plan,
 Vested Account Balance shall have the same meaning as provided in section
 9.4(g).
 
     9.7  Transitional_Rules.
 
          (a)  Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
 August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed
 by the previous sections of this ARTICLE must be given the opportunity to
 elect to have the prior sections of this ARTICLE apply if such Participant
 is credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service under this Plan or a
 predecessor plan in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and
 such Participant had at least ten (10) years of vesting service when he
 or she separated from service.
 
          (b)  Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
 August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service
 under this Plan or a predecessor plan on or after September 2, 1974, and
 who is not otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year beginning
 on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have his or
 her benefits paid in accordance with subsection (d).

                                 -39-

<PAGE>
 
          (c)  The respective opportunities to elect (as described in
 subsections (a) and (b) above) must be afforded to the appropriate
 Participants during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending
 on the date benefits would otherwise commence to said Participants.
 
          (d)  Any Participant who has elected pursuant to subsection
 (b) and any Participant who does not elect under subsection (a) or who
 meets the requirements of subsection (a) except that such Participant does
 not have at least ten (10) years of vesting service when he or she
 separates from service, shall have his or her benefits distributed in
 accordance with all of the following requirements if benefits would have
 been payable in the form of a life annuity:
 
               (i)   Automatic_Joint_and_Survivor_Annuity.  If
 benefits in the form of a life annuity become payable to a married
 Participant who:
 
                     (1)  begins to receive payments under the Plan
 on or after Normal Retirement Age; or
 
                     (2)  dies on or after Normal Retirement Age
 while still working for the Employer; or
 
                     (3)  begins to receive payments on or after the
 qualified early retirement age; or
 
                     (4)  separates from service on or after
 attaining Normal Retirement Age (or the qualified early retirement age)
 and after satisfying the eligibility requirements for the payment of
 benefits under the Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive
 such benefits;
 
 then such benefits will be received under this Plan in the form of a
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant has elected
 otherwise during the Election Period.  The Election Period must begin at
 least six (6) months before the Participant attains qualified early
 retirement age and end not more than ninety (90) days before the
 commencement of benefits.  Any election hereunder will be in writing and
 may be changed by the Participant at any time.

                                -40-

<PAGE>
 
               (ii)  Election_of_Early_Survivor_Annuity.  A
 Participant who is employed after attaining the qualified early retirement
 age will be given the opportunity to elect, during the Election Period,
 to have a survivor annuity payable on death.  If the Participant elects
 the survivor annuity, payments under such annuity must not be less than
 the payments which would have been made to the Spouse under the Qualified
 Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired on the day
 before his or her death.  Any election under this provision will be in
 writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time.  The Election
 Period begins on the later of (1) the 90th day before the Participant
 attains the qualified early retirement age; or (2) the date on which
 participation begins, and ends on the date the Participant terminates
 employment.
 
          (e)  The following terms shall have the meanings specified
 herein:
 
               (i)   Qualified_Early_Retirement_Age.  The latest of:
 
                     (1)  the earliest date, under the Plan, on which
 the Participant may elect to receive retirement benefits;
 
                     (2)  the first day of the 120th month beginning
 before the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age; or
 
                     (3)  the date the Participant begins
 participation.
 
               (ii)  Qualified_Joint_and_Survivor_Annuity.  An annuity
 for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of
 the Spouse as described in section 9.4(d).
 
 
                                ARTICLE 10
                          DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS
 
     10.1 Vesting_on_Distribution_Before_Break_in_Service.
 
          (a)  If an Employee terminates service, and the value of the
 Employee's Vested Account Balance derived from Employer and Employee
 contributions is not greater than three thousand five hundred dollars
 ($3,500), the Employee will receive a distribution of the value of the
 entire vested portion of such Account balance and the nonvested portion
 will be treated as a forfeiture.  For purposes of this section, if the
 value of an Employee's Vested Account Balance is zero, the Employee shall
 be deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested Account Balance. 
 A Participant's Vested Account Balance shall not include accumulated
 deductible Employee contributions within the meaning of section
 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989.

                                  -41-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  If an Employee terminates service and elects, in
 accordance with this ARTICLE, to receive the value of his Vested Account
 Balance, the nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture.  If the
 Employee elects to have distributed less than the entire vested portion
 of the Account balance derived from Employer Contributions, the part of
 the nonvested portion that will be treated as a forfeiture is the total
 nonvested portion multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
 amount of the distribution attributable to Employer Contributions and the
 denominator of which is the total value of the vested Employer derived
 Account balance.
 
          (c)  If an Employee receives a distribution pursuant to this
 section and the Employee resumes employment covered under this Plan, the
 Employee's Employer- derived Account balance will be restored to the
 amount on the date of distribution if the Employee repays to the Plan the
 full amount of the distribution attributable to Employer Contributions
 before the earlier of five (5) years after the first date on which the
 Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer, or the date the
 Participant incurs five (5) consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service
 following the date of the distribution.  If an Employee is deemed to
 receive a distribution pursuant to this section, and the Employee resumes
 employment covered under this Plan before the date the Participant incurs
 five (5) consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service, upon the reemployment
 of such Employee, the Employer-derived Account balance of the Employee
 will be restored to the amount on the date of such deemed distribution.
 
     10.2 Restrictions_on_Immediate_Distributions.
 
          (a)  If the value of a Participant's Vested Account Balance
 derived from Employer and Employee contributions exceeds (or at the time
 of any prior distribution exceeded) three thousand five hundred dollars
 ($3,500) and the Account balance is immediately distributable, the
 Participant and the Participant's Spouse (or where either the Participant
 or the Spouse has died, the survivor) must consent to any distribution of
 such Account balance.  The consent of the Participant and the
 Participant's Spouse shall be obtained in writing within the ninety (90)
 day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date.  The Annuity Starting Date
 is the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an
 annuity or any other form.  The Plan Administrator shall notify the
 Participant and the Participant's Spouse of the right to defer any
 distribution until the Participant's Account balance is no longer
 immediately distributable.  Such notification shall include a general
 description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative
 values of, the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan in a
 manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of section 417(a)(3),
 and shall be provided no less than thirty (30) days and no more than
 ninety (90) days prior to the Annuity Starting Date.

                                    -42-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a), only
 the Participant need consent to the commencement of a distribution in the
 form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity while the Account balance
 is immediately distributable.  (Furthermore, if payment in the form of a
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is not required with respect to the
 Participant pursuant to section 9.6 of the Plan, only the Participant need
 consent to the distribution of an Account balance that is immediately
 distributable).  Neither the consent of the Participant nor the Partici-
 
 pant's Spouse shall be required to the extent that a distribution is
 required to satisfy section 401(a)(9) or section 415 of the Code.  In
 addition, upon termination of this Plan if the Plan does not offer an
 annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider), the Participant's
 Account balance may, without the Participant's consent, be distributed to
 the Participant or transferred to another defined contribution plan (other
 than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in section 4975(e)(7) of
 the Code) within the same controlled group.
 
          (c)  An Account balance is immediately distributable if any
 part of the Account balance could be distributed to the Participant (or
 Surviving Spouse) before the Participant attains (or would have attained
 if not deceased) the later of Normal Retirement Age or age sixty- two
 (62).
 
          (d)  For purposes of determining the applicability of the
 foregoing consent requirements to distributions made before the first day
 of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the
 Participant's Vested Account Balance shall not include amounts
 attributable to accumulated deductible Employee contributions within the
 meaning of section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code.

                                 -43-

<PAGE>
 
     10.3 Commencement_of_Benefits.
 
          (a)  Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distribution
 of benefits will begin no later than the 60th day after the latest of the
 close of the Plan Year in which:
 
               (i)   the Participant attains age sixty-five (65) (or
 Normal Retirement Age, if earlier);
 
               (ii)  the 10th anniversary of the year in which the
 Participant commenced participation in the Plan occurs; or
 
               (iii) the Participant terminates service with the
 Employer.
 
          (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a
 Participant and Spouse to consent to a distribution while a benefit is
 immediately distributable, within the meaning of section 10.2 of the Plan,
 shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any
 benefit sufficient to satisfy this section.
 
     10.4 Early_Retirement_With_Age_and_Service_Require ment.  If a
 Participant separates from service before satisfying the age requirement
 for early retirement, but has satisfied the service requirement, the
 Participant will be entitled to elect an early retirement benefit upon
 satisfaction of such age requirement.
 
     10.5 Nontransferability_of_Annuities.  Any annuity contract
 distributed herefrom must be nontransferable.
 
     10.6 Conflicts_With_Annuity_Contracts.  The terms of any annuity
 contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or Spouse
 shall comply with the requirements of this Plan.

                                -44-

<PAGE>
 
 
                                ARTICLE 11
                     TIMING AND MODES OF DISTRIBUTION
 
     11.1 General_Rules.
 
          (a)  Subject to ARTICLE 9, the requirements of this ARTICLE
 shall apply to any distribution of a Participant's interest and will take
 precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this Plan.  Unless
 otherwise specified, the provisions of this ARTICLE apply to calendar
 years beginning after December 31, 1984.
 
          (b)  All distributions required under this ARTICLE shall be
 determined and made in accordance with the income tax regulations under
 section 401(a)(9) of the Code, including the minimum distribution
 incidental benefit requirement of section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed
 regulations.
 
     11.2 Required_Beginning_Date.  The entire interest of a Participant
 must be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the
 Participant's Required Beginning Date.
 
     11.3 Limits_on_Distribution_Periods.  As of the first Distribution
 Calendar Year, distributions, if not made in a single-sum, may only be
 made over one of the following periods (or a combination thereof):
 
          (a)  the life of the Participant;
 
          (b)  the life of the Participant and a Designated
 Beneficiary;
 
          (c)  a period certain not extending beyond the Life
 Expectancy of the Participant; or
 
          (d)  a period certain not extending beyond the joint and last
 survivor expectancy of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary.
 
     11.4 Determination_of_Amount_to_be_Distributed_Each Year.
 
          (a)  Individual_Account.
 
               (i)   If a Participant's Benefit is to be distributed
 over (1) a period not extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the
 Participant or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the
 Participant and the Participant's Designated Beneficiary or (2) a period
 not extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary,
 the amount required to be distributed for each calendar year, beginning
 with distributions for the first Distribution Calendar Year, must at least
 equal the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Benefit by the
 Applicable Life Expectancy.

                               -45-

<PAGE>
 
               (ii)  For calendar years beginning before January 1,
 1989, if the Participant's Spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the
 method of distribution selected must assure that at least fifty percent
 (50%) of the present value of the amount available for distribution is
 paid within the Life Expectancy of the Participant.
 
               (iii) For calendar years beginning after December 31,
 1988, the amount to be distributed each year, beginning with distributions
 for the first Distribution Calendar Year shall not be less than the
 quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Benefit by the lesser of
 (1) the Applicable Life Expectancy or (2) if the Participant's Spouse is
 not the Designated Beneficiary, the applicable divisor determined from the
 table set forth in Q&A-4 of section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed
 regulations.  Distributions after the death of the Participant shall be
 distributed using the Applicable Life Expectancy in subsection (a)(i)
 above as the relevant divisor without regard to proposed regulations
 section 1.401(a)(9)-2.
 
               (iv)  The minimum distribution required for the
 Participant's first Distribution Calendar Year must be made on or before
 the Participant's Required Beginning Date.  The minimum distribution for
 other calendar years, including the minimum distribution for the
 Distribution Calendar Year in which the Employee's Required Beginning Date
 occurs, must be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution
 Calendar Year.
 
          (b)  Other_Forms.  If the Participant's Benefit is
 distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company,
 distributions thereunder shall be made in accordance with the requirements
 of section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the proposed regulations thereunder.
 
     11.5 Death_Distribution_Provisions.
 
          (a)  Distribution_Beginning_Before_Death.  If the Participant
 dies after distribution of his or her interest has begun, the remaining
 portion of such interest will continue to be distributed at least as
 rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the
 Participant's death.
 
          (b)  Distribution_Beginning_After_Death.  If the Participant
 dies before distribution of his or her interest begins, distribution of
 the Participant's entire interest shall be completed by December 31 of the
 calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death
 except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in
 accordance with (i) or (ii) below:

                                -46-

<PAGE>
 
               (i)   if any portion of the Participant's interest is
 payable to a Designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made over the
 life or over a period certain not greater than the Life Expectancy of the
 Designated Beneficiary commencing on or before December 31 of the calendar
 year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant
 died;
 
               (ii)  if the Designated Beneficiary is the
 Participant's Surviving Spouse, the date distributions are required to
 begin in accordance with (i) above shall not be earlier than the later of
 (1) December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar
 year in which the Participant died and (2) December 31 of the calendar
 year in which the Participant would have attained age seventy and one-half
 (70 1/2).
 
          (c)  If the Participant has not made an election pursuant to
 this section by the time of his or her death, the Participant's Designated
 Beneficiary must elect the method of distribution no later than the
 earlier of (1) December 31 of the calendar year in which distributions
 would be required to begin under this section; or (2) December 31 of the
 calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of death
 of the Participant.  If the Participant has no Designated Beneficiary, or
 if the Designated Beneficiary does not elect a method of distribution,
 distribution of the Participant's entire interest must be completed by
 December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
 Participant's death.
 
          (d)  For purposes of subsection (b) above, if the Surviving
 Spouse dies after the Participant, but before payments to such Spouse
 begin, the provisions of subsection (b), with the exception of paragraph
 (ii) therein, shall be applied as if the Surviving Spouse were the
 Participant.
 
          (e)  For purposes of this section, any amount paid to a child
 of the Participant will be treated as if it had been paid to the Surviving
 Spouse if the amount becomes payable to the Surviving Spouse when the
 child reaches the age of majority.
 
          (f)  For the purposes of this section, distribution of a
 Participant's interest is considered to begin on the Participant's
 Required Beginning Date (or, if subsection (d) above is applicable, the
 date distribution is required to begin to the Surviving Spouse pursuant
 to subsection (b) above).  If distribution in the form of an annuity
 described in section 11.4(b) above irrevocably commences to the
 Participant before the Required Beginning Date, the date distribution is
 considered to begin is the date distribution actually commences.

                              -47-

<PAGE>
 
     11.6 Designation_of_Beneficiary.  Subject to the rules of
 ARTICLE 9, a Participant (or former Participant) may designate from time
 to time any person or persons (who may be designated contingently or
 successively and may be an entity other than a natural person) as his
 Beneficiary who will be entitled to receive any undistributed amounts
 credited to the Participant's separate Account under the Plan at the time
 of the Participant's death.  Any such Beneficiary designation by a
 Participant shall be made in writing in the manner prescribed by the Plan
 Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed with the Plan
 Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.  A Participant may change
 or revoke his Beneficiary designation at any time in the manner prescribed
 by the Plan Administrator.  If any portion of the Participant's Account
 is invested in insurance pursuant to ARTICLE 14, the Beneficiary of the
 benefits under the insurance policy shall be the person or persons
 designated under the policy.  If the Designated Beneficiary (or each of
 the Designated Beneficiaries) predeceases the Participant, the Partici-
 
 pant's Beneficiary designation shall be ineffective.  If no Beneficiary
 designation is in effect at the time of the Participant's death, his
 Beneficiary shall be his estate.
 
     11.7 Definitions.
 
          (a)  Applicable_Life_Expectancy.  The Life Expectancy (or
 joint and last survivor expectancy) calculated using the attained age of
 the Participant (or Designated Beneficiary) as of the Participant's (or
 Designated Beneficiary's) birthday in the applicable calendar year reduced
 by one (1) for each calendar year which has elapsed since the date Life
 Expectancy was first calculated.  If Life Expectancy is being
 recalculated, the Applicable Life Expectancy shall be the Life Expectancy
 as so recalculated.  The applicable calendar year shall be the first
 Distribution Calendar Year, and if Life Expectancy is being recalculated
 such succeeding calendar year.  If annuity payments commence in accordance
 with section 11.4(b) before the Required Beginning Date, the applicable
 calendar year is the year such payments commence.  If distribution is in
 the form of an immediate annuity purchased after the Participant's death
 with the Participant's remaining interest, the applicable calendar year
 is the year of purchase.

                                -48-

<PAGE>
 
          (b)  Designated_Beneficiary.  The individual who is
 designated as the Beneficiary under the Plan in accordance with section
 401(a)(9) and the proposed regulations thereunder.
 
          (c)  Distribution_Calendar_Year.  A calendar year for which
 a minimum distribution is required.  For distributions beginning before
 the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the
 calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the
 Participant's Required Beginning Date.  For distributions beginning after
 the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the
 calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to
 section 11.5 above.
 
          (d)  Life_Expectancy.
 
               (i)   Life Expectancy and joint and last survivor
 expectancy are computed by use of the expected return multiples in
 Tables V and VI of section 1.72-9 of the income tax regulations.
 
               (ii)  Unless otherwise elected by the Participant (or
 Spouse, in the case of distributions described in section 11.5(b)(ii)
 above) by the time distributions are required to begin, life expectancies
 shall be recalculated annually.  Such election shall be irrevocable as to
 the Participant (or Spouse) and shall apply to all subsequent years.  The
 Life Expectancy of a non-Spouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.
 
          (e)  Participant's_Benefit.
 
               (i)   The Account balance as of the last valuation date
 in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year
 (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions or
 forfeitures allocated to the Account balance as of dates in the valuation
 calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made
 in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date.
 
               (ii)  For purposes of subsection (i) above, if any
 portion of the minimum distribution for the first Distribution Calendar
 Year is made in the second Distribution Calendar Year on or before the
 Required Beginning Date, the amount of the minimum distribution made in
 the second Distribution Calendar Year shall be treated as if it had been
 made in the immediately preceding Distribution Calendar Year.

                                -49-

<PAGE>
 
          (f)  Required_Beginning_Date.
 
               (i)   General_Rule.  The Required Beginning Date of a
 Participant is the first day of April of the calendar year following the
 calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half
 (70 1/2).
 
               (ii)  Transitional_Rules.  The Required Beginning Date
 of a Participant who attains age seventy and one-half (70 1/2) before
 January 1, 1988, shall be determined in accordance with (1) or (2) below:
 
                     (1)  Non-Five-Percent_Owners.  The Required
 Beginning Date of a Participant who is not a Five Percent (5%) Owner is
 the first day of April of the calendar year following the calendar year
 in which the later of retirement or attainment of age seventy and one-
 half (70 1/2) occurs.
 
                     (2)  Five_Percent_Owners.  The Required
 Beginning Date of a Participant who is a Five Percent (5%) Owner during
 any year beginning after December 31, 1979, is the first day of April
 following the later of:
 
                          (A)  the calendar year in which the
 Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70 1/2); or
 
                          (B)  the earlier of the calendar year with
 or within which ends the Plan Year in which the Participant becomes a Five
 Percent (5%) Owner, or the calendar year in which the Participant retires.
 
 The Required Beginning Date of a Participant who is not a Five Percent
 (5%) Owner who attains age seventy and one- half (70 1/2) during 1988 and
 who has not retired as of January 1, 1989, is April 1, 1990.
 
               (iii) Five_Percent_Owner.  A Participant is treated as
 a Five Percent (5%) Owner for purposes of this section if such Participant
 is a Five Percent (5%) Owner as defined in section 416(i) of the Code
 (determined in accordance with section 416 but without regard to whether
 the Plan is top-heavy) at any time during the Plan Year ending with or
 within the calendar year in which  such owner attains age sixty-six and
 one-half (66 1/2) or any subsequent year.
 
               (iv)  Once distributions have begun to a Five Percent
 (5%) Owner under this section, they must continue to be distributed, even
 if the Participant ceases to be a Five Percent (5%) Owner in a subsequent
 year.

                                -50-

<PAGE>
 
     11.8 Transitional_Rule.
 
          (a)  Notwithstanding the other requirements of this ARTICLE
 and subject to the requirements of ARTICLE 9, distribution on behalf of
 any Employee, including a Five Percent (5%) Owner, may be made in
 accordance with all of the following requirements (regardless of when such
 distribution commences):
 
               (i)   The distribution by the Trust is one which would
 not have disqualified such trust under section 401(a)(9) of the Internal
 Revenue Code as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act
 of 1984.
 
               (ii)  The distribution is in accordance with a method
 of distribution designated by the Employee whose interest in the Trust is
 being distributed or, if the Employee is deceased, by a Beneficiary of
 such Employee.
 
               (iii) Such designation was in writing, was signed by
 the Employee or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.
 
               (iv)  The Employee had accrued a benefit under the Plan
 as of December 31, 1983.
 
               (v)   The method of distribution designated by the
 Employee or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distributions will
 be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Employee's death,
 the Beneficiaries of the Employee listed in order of priority.
 
          (b)  A distribution upon death will not be covered by this
 transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the
 required information described above with respect to the distributions to
 be made upon the death of the Employee.
 
          (c)  For any distribution which commences before January 1,
 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Employee, or the
 Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed to
 have designated the method of distribution under which the distribution
 is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and
 the distribution satisfies the requirements in subsections (a)(i) and
 (a)(v).

                                   -51-

<PAGE>
 
          (d)  If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution
 must satisfy the requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the
 proposed regulations thereunder.  If a designation is revoked subsequent
 to the date distributions are required to begin, the Trust must distribute
 by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
 revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which would have
 been required to have been distributed to satisfy section 401(a)(9) of the
 Code and the regulations thereunder but for the section 242(b)(2)
 election.  For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such
 distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit
 requirements in section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations.  Any
 changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the
 designation.  However, the mere substitution or addition of another
 beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the designation will
 not be considered to be a revocation of the designation, so long as such
 substitution or addition does not alter the period over which
 distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly
 (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life).  In the case in
 which an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to another
 plan, the rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3 shall apply.
 
     11.9 Optional_Forms_of_Benefit.
 
          (a)  Except to the extent benefits are required to be paid
 in the form of an automatic joint and survivor annuity under ARTICLE 9,
 any amount which a Participant shall be entitled to receive under the Plan
 shall be distributed in one or a combination of the following ways:
 
               (i)   in a lump-sum payment of cash, the amount of
 which shall be determined by redeeming all Shares credited to the
 Participant's Account under the Plan as of the date of distribution;
 
               (ii)  in a lump-sum payment including a distribution
 in kind of all Shares credited to the Participant's Account under the Plan
 as of the date of distribution;

                                 -52-

<PAGE>
 
               (iii) in substantially equal monthly, quarterly, or
 annual installment payments of cash, or the distribution of Shares in
 kind, over a period certain not to exceed the Life Expectancy of the
 Participant or the joint and last survivor Life Expectancy of the
 Participant and his Beneficiary, determined in each case as of the earlier
 of:  (1) the end of the Plan Year in which occurs the event entitling the
 Participant to a distribution of benefits, or (2) the date such
 installments commence;
 
               (iv)  if permitted by the Sponsor, in monthly,
 quarterly, or annual installment payments of cash, or the distribution of
 Shares in kind, so that the amount distributed in each Plan Year equals
 the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Account at the
 beginning of that Plan Year by the joint and last survivor Life Expectancy
 of the Participant and the Beneficiary for that Plan Year.  The Life
 Expectancy will be computed using the recomputation method described in
 section 11.7(d).  Unless the Spouse of the retired Participant is the
 Beneficiary, the actuarial present value of all expected payments to the
 retired Participant must be more than fifty percent (50%) of the actuarial
 present value of payments to the retired Participant and the Beneficiary;
 or
 
               (v)   by application of the Participant's vested
 Account to the purchase of a nontransferable immediate or deferred annuity
 contract, on an individual or group basis.  Unless the Spouse of the
 retired Participant is the Beneficiary, the actuarial present value of all
 expected payments to the retired Participant must be more than fifty
 percent (50%) of the actuarial present value of payments to the retired
 Participant and the Beneficiary.
 
          (b)  If the Participant fails to select a method of
 distribution, except as may be required by ARTICLE 9, all amounts which
 he is entitled to receive under the Plan shall be distributed to him in
 a lump-sum payment.

                                 -53-

<PAGE>
 
 
                                ARTICLE 12
                                WITHDRAWALS
 
     12.1 Withdrawal_of_Nondeductible_Voluntary_Contribu tions.  Subject
 to the Qualified Election requirements of ARTICLE 9 and section 12.3, any
 Participant who has made nondeductible voluntary contributions may, upon
 thirty (30) days notice in writing filed with the Plan Administrator, have
 paid to him all or any portion of the fair market value of his
 nondeductible voluntary contribution subaccount.
 
     12.2 Hardship_Withdrawals.  If the Adoption Agreement so provides
 and the Employer elects, this section applies only to the profit sharing
 contribution subaccount and only if the profit sharing allocation formula
 selected in the Adoption Agreement is not integrated with Social Security.
 
          (a)  Demonstration_of_Need.  Subject to the Qualified
 Election requirements of ARTICLE 9 and section 12.3, if a Participant
 establishes an immediate and heavy financial need for funds because of a
 hardship resulting from the purchase or renovation of a primary residence,
 the education of the Participant or a member of his immediate family
 (including special education), the medical or personal expenses of the
 Participant or a member of his immediate family, or other demonstrable
 emergency as determined by the Plan Administrator on a uniform and
 nondiscriminatory basis, the Participant shall be permitted, subject to
 the limitations of subsection (b) below, to make a hardship withdrawal of
 an amount credited to his profit sharing contribution subaccount under the
 Plan.
 
          (b)  Amount_of_Hardship_Withdrawal.  The amount of any
 hardship withdrawal by a Participant under subsection (a) above shall not
 exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created
 by the hardship and not reasonably available from other resources of the
 Participant.
 
          (c)  Prior_Withdrawal_of_Nondeductible_Voluntary
 Participant_Contributions.  A Participant shall not be permitted to make
 a hardship withdrawal under subsection (a) above unless he has already
 withdrawn, in accordance with section 12.1, any amount credited to his
 nondeductible voluntary contributions subaccount.

                                  -54-

<PAGE>
 
     12.3 Manner_of_Making_Withdrawals.  Any withdrawal by a Participant
 under the Plan shall be made only after the Participant files a written
 request with the Plan Administrator specifying the nature of the
 withdrawal (and the reasons therefor, if a hardship withdrawal), and the
 amount of funds requested to be withdrawn.  Upon approving any withdrawal,
 the Plan Administrator shall furnish the Trustee with written instructions
 directing the Trustee to make the withdrawal in a lump-sum payment of cash
 to the Participant.  In making any withdrawal payment, the Trustee shall
 be fully entitled to rely on the instructions furnished by the Plan
 Administrator, and shall be under no duty to make any inquiry or
 investigation with respect thereto.  Unless section 9.6 is applicable, if
 the Participant is married, his Spouse must consent to the withdrawal
 pursuant to a Qualified Election (as defined in section 9.4(c)) within the
 ninety (90) day period ending on the date of the withdrawal.
 
     12.4 Limitations_on_Withdrawals.  The Plan Administrator may
 prescribe uniform and nondiscriminatory rules and procedures limiting the
 number of times a Participant may make a withdrawal under the Plan during
 any Plan Year, and the minimum amount a Participant may withdraw on any
 single occasion.
 
 
                                ARTICLE 13
                                   LOANS
 
     13.1 General_Provisions.
 
          (a)  If the Adoption Agreement so provides and the Employer
 so elects, loans shall be made available to any Participant or Beneficiary
 who is a party-in-interest (as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA) on a
 reasonably equivalent basis.  A Participant or Beneficiary who is not a
 party-in-interest (as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA) shall not be
 eligible to receive a loan under this ARTICLE.
 
          (b)  Loans shall not be made available to Highly- Compensated
 Employees (as defined in section 414(q) of the Code) in an amount greater
 than the amount made available to other Employees.
 
          (c)  Loans must be adequately secured and bear a reasonable
 interest rate.

                                 -55-

<PAGE>
 
          (d)  No Participant loan shall exceed the present value of
 the Participant's Vested Account Balance.
 
          (e)  Unless section 9.6 is applicable, a Participant must
 obtain the consent of his or her Spouse, if any, to use of the Account
 balance as security for the loan.  Spousal consent shall be obtained no
 earlier than the beginning of the ninety (90) day period that ends on the
 date on which the loan is to be so secured.  The consent must be in
 writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed
 by a Plan representative or notary public.  Such consent shall thereafter
 be binding with respect to the consenting Spouse or any subsequent Spouse
 with respect to that loan.  A new consent shall be required if the Account
 balance is used for renegotiation, extension, renewal or other revision
 of the loan.
 
          (f)  In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and
 attachment of security will not occur until a distributable event occurs
 under the Plan.
 
          (g)  Loans will not be made to any shareholder- employee or
 Owner-Employee.  For purposes of this requirement, a shareholder-employee
 means an Employee or officer of an electing small business (subchapter S)
 corporation who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of
 section 318(a)(1) of the Code), on any day during the taxable year of such
 corporation, more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the
 corporation.
 
          (h)  If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in
 accordance with subsection (e), then, notwithstanding any other provision
 of this Plan, the portion of the Participant's Vested Account Balance used
 as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding
 to the Participant shall be taken into account for purposes of determining
 the amount of the Account balance payable at the time of death or
 distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. 
 If less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant's Vested
 Account Balance (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is
 payable to the Surviving Spouse, then the Account balance shall be
 adjusted by first reducing the Vested Account Balance by the amount of the
 security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit
 payable to the Surviving Spouse.

                                -56-

<PAGE>
 
     13.2 Administration_of_Loan_Program.
 
          (a)  The Plan's loan program will be administered by the Plan
 Administrator.
 
          (b)  Loan requests shall be made on a form prescribed by the
 Plan Administrator and shall comply with section 13.4.
 
          (c)  Loan requests that comply with all the requirements of
 this ARTICLE shall be approved by the Plan Administrator.
 
          (d)  The rate of interest to be charged on loans shall be
 determined under section 13.5.
 
          (e)  The only collateral that may be used as security for a
 loan, and the limitations and requirements applicable, are determined
 under section 13.6.
 
          (f)  The rules regarding defaults are set forth in section
 13.9.
 
     13.3 Amount_of_Loan.  Loans to any Participant or Beneficiary will
 not be made to the extent that such loan, when added to the outstanding
 balance of all other loans to the Participant or Beneficiary, would exceed
 the lesser of:
 
          (a)  fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) reduced by the excess
 (if any) of the highest outstanding balance of loans during the one (1)
 year period ending on the day before the loan is made, over the
 outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the date the loan is made;
 or
 
          (b)  one-half (1/2) the present value of the nonforfeitable
 accrued benefit of the Participant.
 
          (c)  For the purpose of the above limitation, all loans from
 all plans of the Employer and other members of a group of employers
 described in sections 414(b), 414(c) and 414(m) of the Code are
 aggregated.
 
     13.4 Manner_of_Making_Loans.  A request by a Participant for a loan
 shall be made in writing to the Plan Administrator and shall specify the
 amount of the loan, and the subaccount(s) or Shares of the Participant
 from which the loan should be made.  The terms and conditions on which the
 Plan Administrator shall approve loans under the Plan shall be applied on
 a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis with respect to all Participants. 
 If a Participant's request for a loan is approved by the Plan
 Administrator, the Plan Administrator shall furnish the Trustee with
 written instructions directing the Trustee to make the loan in a lump-sum
 payment of cash to the Participant.  In making any loan payment under this
 ARTICLE, the Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on the instructions
 furnished by the Plan Administrator and shall be under no duty to make any
 inquiry or investigation with respect thereto.

                                 -57-

<PAGE>
 
     13.5 Terms_of_Loan.  Loans shall be made on such terms and subject
 to such limitations as the Plan Administrator may prescribe.  
 Furthermore, any loan shall, by its terms, require that repayment
 (principal and interest) be amortized in level payments, not less
 frequently than quarterly, over a period not extending beyond five (5)
 years from the date of the loan, unless such loan is used to acquire a
 dwelling unit which, within a reasonable time (determined at the time the
 loan is made) will be used as the principal residence of the Participant. 
 The rate of interest to be charged shall be  determined by the Plan
 Administrator in accordance with the rates quoted by representative
 financial institutions in the local area for similar loans.
 
     13.6 Security_for_Loan.  Any loan to a Participant under the Plan
 shall be secured by the pledge of all the Participant's right, title, and
 interest in the Trust.  Such pledge shall be evidenced by the execution
 of a promissory note by the Participant which shall provide that, in the
 event of any default by the Participant on a loan repayment, the Plan
 Administrator shall be authorized (to the extent permitted by law) to
 deduct the amount of the loan outstanding and any unpaid interest due
 thereon from the Participant's wages or salary to be thereafter paid by
 the Employer, and to take any and all other actions necessary and
 appropriate to enforce collection of the unpaid loan.  An assignment or
 pledge of any portion of the Participant's interest in the Plan and a
 loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance contract
 purchased under the Plan, will be treated as a loan under this section. 
 In the event the value of the Participant's vested Account at any time is
 less than one hundred twenty- five percent (125%) of the outstanding loan
 balance, the Plan Administrator shall request additional collateral of
 sufficient value to adequately secure the repayment of the loan.  Failure
 to provide such additional collateral upon a request of the Plan
 Administrator shall constitute an event of default.

                                    -58-

<PAGE>
 
     13.7 Segregated_Investment.  Loans shall be considered a
 Participant directed investment and, for the limited purposes of
 allocating earnings and losses pursuant to ARTICLE 5, shall not be
 considered a part of the common fund under the Trust.
 
     13.8 Repayment_of_Loan.  The Plan Administrator shall have the sole
 responsibility for ensuring that a Participant timely makes all loan
 repayments, and for notifying the Trustee in the event of any default by
 the Participant on the loan.  Each loan repayment shall be paid to the
 Trustee and shall be accompanied by written instructions from the Plan
 Administrator that identify the Participant on whose behalf the loan
 repayment is being made.
 
     13.9 Default_on_Loan.
 
          (a)  In the event of a termination of the Participant's
 employment with the Affiliated Employers or a default by a Participant on
 a loan repayment, all remaining payments on the loan shall be immediately
 due and payable.  The Employer shall, upon the direction of the Plan
 Administrator, to the extent permitted by law, deduct the total amount of
 the loan outstanding and any unpaid interest due thereon from the wages
 or salaries payable to the Participant by the Employer in accordance with
 the Participant's promissory note.  In addition, the Plan Administrator
 shall take any and all other actions necessary and appropriate to enforce
 collection of the unpaid loan.  However, attachment of the Participant's
 Account pledged as security will not occur until a distributable event
 occurs under the Plan.
 
          (b)  For purposes of this section, the term "default" shall
 mean failure, by a period of at least ten (10) days, to make any loan
 payment (whether principal or interest or both) that is due and payable. 
 Neither the Plan Administrator nor any other fiduciary is required to give
 any written or oral notice of default.
 
     13.10     Unpaid_Amounts.  Upon the occurrence of a Participant's
 retirement or death, or upon a Participant's fifth consecutive Break in
 Service or earlier distribution, the unpaid balance of any loan, including
 any unpaid interest, shall be deducted from any payment or distribution
 from the Trust to which such Participant or his Beneficiary may be
 entitled.  If after charging the Participant's Account with the unpaid
 balance of the loan, including any unpaid interest, there still remains
 an unpaid balance of any such loan and interest, then the remaining unpaid
 balance of such loan and interest shall be charged against any property
 pledged as security with respect to such loan.

                                   -59-

<PAGE>
 
 
                                ARTICLE 14
                                 INSURANCE
 
     14.1 Insurance.  If the Adoption Agreement so provides and the
 Employer elects to allocate or permit Participants to allocate a portion
 of their Accounts to purchase life insurance, the ensuing subsections of
 this ARTICLE shall apply.
 
     14.2 Policies.  The Plan Administrator shall instruct the Trustee
 to procure one or more life insurance policies on the Participant's life,
 the terms of which shall conform to the requirements of the Plan and the
 Code.  The policies and the companies which write them shall be subject
 to the approval of the Plan Administrator and the Trustee.  The Trustee
 shall procure and hold such policies in its name or the name of the
 nominee.  The Trustee shall be the sole owner of all contracts purchased
 hereunder, and it shall be so designated in each policy and application
 therefor.
 
     14.3 Beneficiary.  The Participant shall have the right to name the
 Beneficiary and to choose the benefit option under the policy for the
 Beneficiary. The Trustee shall designate the Beneficiary of all such
 policies in accordance with the written directions of the Plan Adminis-
 
 trator and the policy terms.  Such designations may be outlined in the
 original application as forwarded to the issuing company.  However, the
 Plan Administrator shall have available and shall furnish the Participant
 with the necessary forms for any Beneficiary designation or change of
 Beneficiary and it will keep a copy of all executed designations as part
 of its records.  Upon a Participant's death, the Plan Administrator will
 promptly furnish the Trustee a copy of the last designation and shall
 authorize the Trustee to complete such forms as the insurance company may
 require in order to effect the benefit option.
 
     14.4 Payment_of_Premiums.  Subject to the provisions of sections
 7.3 and  14.5, premium payments to the insurer may be made only by the
 Trustee with respect to any insurance policy purchased on behalf of a
 Participant and shall constitute first an investment of a portion of the
 funds of the Participant's Employer Contribution subaccounts up to the
 maximum amount of such subaccounts permitted to be applied toward such
 premium payments, as provided in section 14.5.  If a Participant's
 subaccounts lack sufficient assets to pay premiums on a life insurance
 policy due on his behalf, the Trustee, at the direction of the Plan
 Administrator, acting upon the request of the Participant, shall borrow
 under the policy loan provisions, if any, the amount necessary to pay such
 premiums, using the cash value of the insurance as security, or the
 Trustee may liquidate assets held in the Participant's Account, in the
 same order, of sufficient value to pay such premiums.  Any loans shall be
 repaid by the application of earnings, contributions, or forfeitures to
 the Account of the Participant insured by such policy.  In the absence of
 the Plan Administrator's direction to borrow or to liquidate assets to pay
 premiums, the life insurance policy shall be put on a paid-up basis or,
 if it has no cash value, cancelled.

                                 -60-

<PAGE>
 
     14.5 Limitation_on_Insurance_Premiums.  The Trustee shall not pay,
 nor shall anyone on behalf of the Trustee pay, any life insurance premium
 for any Participant out of the Participant's Employer Contribution
 subaccounts unless the amount of such payment, plus all premiums
 previously so paid on behalf of the Participant, is less than fifty
 percent (50%) of the Employer Contributions and forfeitures allocated to
 the Participant's Employer Contribution subaccounts as determined on the
 date such premium is paid with respect to reserve life insurance policies
 and shall be less than twenty-five percent (25%) thereof with respect to
 nonreserve (term) policies, or, if both reserve life and term insurance
 are purchased on the life of any Participant, the sum of the term
 insurance premium plus one-half (1/2) of the reserve life premiums may not
 exceed twenty- five percent (25%) of the Employer Contributions made on
 behalf of such Participant.  For purposes of these incidental insurance
 provisions, reserve life insurance contracts are contracts with both
 nondecreasing death benefits and nonincreasing premiums.  Dividends
 received on life insurance policies shall be considered a reduction of
 premiums paid in such computations.
 
          If payment of premiums on a Participant's life insurance
 policy is prohibited because of the limitation, the Trustee, as directed
 by the Plan Administrator, shall permit the Participant to maintain that
 part of the coverage made available by the prohibited premiums, either by
 payment of the amount of the prohibited premium by the Participant from
 sources other than the Trust or by distributing the policy to the extent
 of the Participant's vested interest to the Participant and eliminating
 it from the Trust.
 
          Nothing contained in the foregoing provisions of section 14.4
 and this section shall be deemed to authorize the payment of any premium
 or premiums for any Participant which would result in a failure to
 maintain any mandatory investment in Shares required by the Sponsor in the
 Account or subaccounts of any such Participant.

                                -61-

<PAGE>
 
     14.6 Insurance_Company.  No insurance company which may issue any
 policies for the purposes of this Plan shall be required to take or permit
 any action contrary to the provisions of said policies, nor shall such
 insurance company be deemed to be a party to, or responsible for the
 validity of, this Plan for any purpose.  No such insurance company shall
 be required to look into the terms of this Plan or question any action of
 the Trustee hereunder, nor be responsible to see that any action of the
 Trustee is authorized by the terms of this Plan.  Any such issuing
 insurance company shall be fully discharged from any and all liability for
 any amount paid to the Trustee or paid in accordance with the direction
 of the Trustee, as the case may be, or for any change made or action taken
 by such insurance company upon such direction and no such insurance
 company shall be obliged to see to the distribution or further application
 of any monies paid by it.  The certificate of the Trustee signed by one
 of its trust officers, assistant secretary, or other authorized
 representative thereof, may be received by any insurance company as
 conclusive evidence of any of the matters mentioned in this Plan and any
 insurance company shall be fully protected in taking or permitting any
 action on the faith thereof and shall incur no liability or responsibility
 for so doing.
 
     14.7 Distribution_of_Policies.  Upon a Participant's death, the
 Trustee, upon direction of the Plan Administrator, shall procure the
 payment of the proceeds of any policy held by the Participant in
 accordance with its terms and this Plan.  The Trustee shall be required
 to pay over all the proceeds of any policy to the Participant's Designated
 Beneficiary in accordance with the distribution provisions of this Plan. 
 A Participant's Spouse will be the Designated Beneficiary unless a
 Qualified Election has been made in accordance with section 9.4(c) of the
 Plan.  Under no circumstances shall the Trust retain any part of the
 proceeds.  Subject to the joint and survivor annuity requirements of
 ARTICLE 9, the policies shall be converted or distributed upon
 commencement of benefits in accordance with the provisions of this

                                -62-

<PAGE>
 section.  Upon a Participant's retirement at or after his Normal
 Retirement Age, unless there is a single sum distribution in which case
 any policy shall be distributed, any such policy shall be converted to a
 paid-up contract and delivered to the Participant but the Plan
 Administrator may, with the Participant's consent, direct that a portion
 or all of such cash value of the policy be converted to provide retirement
 income as permitted within the terms of the policy and this Plan.  Upon
 a Participant's retirement due to Total and Permanent Disability, any such
 policy shall be held for his account and assigned or delivered to the
 Participant in addition to any other benefits provided by this Plan.  Upon
 a Participant's termination of employment for reasons other than death,
 Total and Permanent Disability, or retirement as stated above, to the
 extent of life insurance purchased by Employer Contributions, he shall be
 entitled to a vested interest in any policy held for his account as his
 interest is vested in the remainder of his Employer Contribution
 subaccounts (exclusive of any such policy).  Whenever the Participant is
 entitled to one hundred percent (100%) vesting, then such policy shall be
 assigned and delivered to the Participant in accordance with its terms and
 the terms of the Plan.  Whenever the Participant is entitled to vesting
 of less than one hundred percent (100%), then the Participant shall be
 entitled to a vested interest of the cash surrender value of any such
 policy equal to his percent of vested interest in his Employer
 Contribution subaccounts, exclusive of the policy, and one of the
 following distribution procedures shall apply:
 
          (a)  If the nonvested portion of the cash surrender value of
 all policies held for the Participant's Account is less than the amount
 of his vested termination benefit exclusive of the policies, then, such
 policy shall be assigned to the Participant and the remainder of the
 Participant's vested interest in the Participant's Employer Contribution
 subaccounts shall be reduced by the cash surrender value of the nonvested
 portion of all policies, after which it shall be paid or distributed to
 the Participant in accordance with the terms of the Plan; or
 
          (b)  If the nonvested portion of the cash surrender value of
 all policies held for the Participant's Account exceeds the Participant's
 vested interest in the Employer Contribution subaccount exclusive of such
 policies, the Participant shall be given the opportunity to purchase such
 policies by paying to the Trustee the amount of such excess within thirty
 (30) days after notice to him of the amount to be paid.  Upon receipt of
 such payment said policy shall be assigned and delivered to the Partici-
 
 pant to the full satisfaction of all termination benefits under this Plan. 
 Any such policy not so purchased shall be surrendered by the Trustee for
 its cash value and the proceeds thereof deposited in the Trust for
 reallocation pursuant to ARTICLE 5.

                                -63-

<PAGE>
 
          It is the intention hereof that the total termination benefit
 of a Participant whose interest is not fully vested shall be equal to the
 sum of the vested percentage of his Employer Contribution subaccounts
 exclusive of all such policies and the same percentage of the cash value
 of all such policies held for his Account.  To the extent possible under
 the foregoing provisions, such total termination benefits shall be
 satisfied by the transfer and delivery to the Participant of one or more
 such policies with the balance, if any, to be paid in cash or in kind.
 
     14.8 Policy_Features.  The Trustee shall arrange, where possible,
 that all policies purchased for the benefit of a Participant shall have
 the same dividend option which shall be on the premium reduction plan, and
 as nearly as may be possible all policies issued under the Plan shall have
 the same anniversary date.  To the extent any dividends or credits earned
 on insurance policies are not applied toward the next premiums due, they
 shall be allocated to the Participant's Employer Contribution subaccount
 in the same manner as a Participant's directed investment.
 
     14.9 Changed_Conditions.  From time to time because of changed
 conditions, the Trustee, acting at the direction of the Plan Administrator
 upon the election of the Participant concerned, shall obtain an additional
 contract or policy or make such change in the contracts or policies
 maintained by the Trustee on the life of the Participant as may be
 required by such changed conditions, within the limits permitted by the
 insurance company which issued or is requested to issue a contract and the
 limits established by this Plan.
 
     14.10  Conflicts.  In the event of any conflict between the terms
 of the Plan and the provisions of any contract issued hereunder, the terms
 of the Plan shall control.
 
 
                                ARTICLE 15
                              ADMINISTRATION
 
     15.1 Duties_and_Responsibilities_of_Fiduciaries;

                                  -64-

<PAGE>

 Allocation_of_Fiduciary_Responsibility.  A fiduciary of the Plan shall
 have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations
 as are explicitly given him under the Plan and Trust Agreement.  In
 general, the Employer shall have the sole responsibility for making
 contributions to the Plan required under ARTICLE 4; appointing the Trustee
 and the Plan Administrator; and determining the funds available for
 investment under the Plan.  The Plan Administrator shall have the sole
 responsibility for the administration of the Plan, as more fully described
 in section 15.2.  It is intended that each fiduciary shall be responsible
 only for the proper exercise of his own powers, duties, responsibilities,
 and obligations under the Plan and Trust Agreement, and shall not be
 responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary.  A
 fiduciary may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to
 the Plan.
 
     15.2 Powers_and_Responsibilities_of_the_Plan_Adminis trator.
 
          (a)  Administration_of_the_Plan.  The Plan Administrator
 shall have all powers necessary to administer the Plan, including the
 power to construe and interpret the Plan documents; to decide all
 questions relating to an individual's eligibility to participate in the
 Plan; to determine the amount, manner, and timing of any distribution of
 benefits or withdrawal under the Plan; to approve and ensure the repayment
 of any loan to a Participant under the Plan; to resolve any claim for
 benefits in accordance with section 15.7; and to appoint or employ
 advisors, including legal counsel; to render advice with respect to any
 of the Plan Administrator's responsibilities under the Plan.  Any
 construction, interpretation, or application of the Plan by the Plan
 Administrator shall be final, conclusive, and binding.  All actions by the
 Plan Administrator shall be taken pursuant to uniform standards applied
 to all persons similarly situated.  The Plan Administrator shall have no
 power to add to, subtract from, or modify any of the terms of the Plan,
 or to change or add to any benefits provided by the Plan, or to waive or
 fail to apply any requirements of eligibility for a benefit under the
 Plan.
 
          (b)  Records_and_Reports.  The Plan Administrator shall be
 responsible for maintaining sufficient records to reflect the Eligibility
 Computation Periods in which an Employee is credited with one or more
 Years of Service for purposes of determining his eligibility to
 participate in the Plan, and the Compensation of each Participant for
 purposes of determining the amount of contributions that may be made by
 or on behalf of the Participant under the Plan.  The Plan Administrator
 shall be responsible for submitting all required reports and notifications
 relating to the Plan to Participants or their Beneficiaries, the Internal
 Revenue Service and the Department of Labor.

                                -65-

<PAGE>
 
          (c)  Furnishing_Trustee_with_Instructions.  The Plan
 Administrator shall be responsible for furnishing the Trustee with written
 instructions regarding all contributions to the Trust, all distributions
 to Participants in accordance with ARTICLE 10, all withdrawals by
 Participants in accordance with ARTICLE 12, all loans to Participants in
 accordance with ARTICLE 13 and all purchases of life insurance in
 accordance with ARTICLE 14.  In addition, the Plan Administrator shall be
 responsible for furnishing the Trustee with any further information
 respecting the Plan which the Trustee may request for the performance of
 its duties or for the purpose of making any returns to the Internal
 Revenue Service or Department of Labor as may be required of the Trustee.
 
          (d)  Rules_and_Decisions.  The Plan Administrator may adopt
 such rules as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate in the
 administration of the Plan.  All rules and decisions of the Plan
 Administrator shall be applied uniformly and consistently to all
 Participants in similar circumstances.  When making a determination or
 calculation, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon
 information furnished by a Participant or Beneficiary, the Employer, the
 legal counsel of the Employer, or the Trustee.
 
          (e)  Application_and_Forms_for_Benefits.  The Plan
 Administrator may require a Participant or Beneficiary to complete and
 file with it an application for a benefit, and to furnish all pertinent
 information requested by it.  The Plan Administrator may rely upon all
 such information so furnished to it, including the Participant's or
 Beneficiary's current mailing address.
 
          (f)  Facility_of_Payment.  Whenever, in the Plan
 Administrator's opinion, a person entitled to receive a payment of a
 benefit or installment thereof is under a legal disability or is
 incapacitated in any way so as to be unable to manage his financial
 affairs, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, it may direct
 the Trustee to make payments to such person or to the legal representative
 or to a relative or friend of such person for that person's benefit, or
 it may direct the Trustee to apply the payment for the benefit of such
 person in such manner as it considers advisable.

                               -66-

<PAGE>
 
     15.3 Allocation_of_Duties_and_Responsibilities.  The Plan
 Administrator may, by written instrument, allocate among its members or
 employees any of its duties and responsibilities not already allocated
 under the Plan or may designate persons other than members or employees
 to carry out any of the Plan Administrator's duties and responsibilities
 under the Plan.  Any such duties or responsibilities thus allocated must
 be described in the written instrument.  If a person other than an
 Employee of the Employer is so designated, such person must acknowledge
 in writing his acceptance of the duties and responsibilities allocated to
 him.
 
     15.4 Appointment_of_the_Plan_Administrator.  The Employer shall
 designate in the Adoption Agreement the Plan Administrator who shall
 administer the Employer's Plan.  Such Plan Administrator may consist of
 an individual, a committee of two or more individuals, whether or not, in
 either such case, the individual or any of such individuals are Employees
 of the Employer, a consulting firm or other independent agent, the Trustee
 (with its consent), or the Employer itself.  The Plan Administrator shall
 be charged with the full power and the responsibility for administering
 the Plan in all its details.  If no Plan Administrator has been appointed
 by the Employer, or if the person designated as Plan Administrator by the
 Employer is not serving as such for any reason, the Employer shall be
 deemed to be the Plan Administrator of the Plan.  The Plan Administrator
 may be removed by the Employer, or may resign by giving notice in writing
 to the Employer, and in the event of the removal, resignation, or death,
 or other termination of service by the Plan Administrator, the Employer
 shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Plan Administrator,
 such successor thereafter to have all of the rights, privileges, duties,
 and obligations of the predecessor Plan Administrator.
 
     15.5 Expenses.  The Employer shall pay all expenses authorized and
 incurred by the Plan Administrator in the administration of the Plan
 except to the extent such expenses are paid from the Trust.
 
     15.6 Liabilities.  The Plan Administrator and each person to whom
 duties and responsibilities have been allocated pursuant to section 15.3
 may be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer with respect to any
 alleged breach of responsibilities performed or to be performed hereunder. 
 The Employer and each Affiliated Employer shall indemnify and hold
 harmless the Sponsor against all claims, liabilities, fines, and
 penalties, and all expenses reasonably incurred by or imposed upon him
 (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees) which arise
 as a result of actions or failure to act in connection with the operation
 and administration of the Plan.

                                -67-

<PAGE>
 
     15.7 Claims_Procedure.
 
          (a)  Filing_a_Claim.  Any Participant or Beneficiary under
 the Plan may file a written claim for a Plan benefit with the Plan
 Administrator or with a person named by the Plan Administrator to receive
 claims under the Plan.
 
          (b)  Notice_of_Denial_of_Claim.  In the event of a denial or
 limitation of any benefit or payment due to or requested by any
 Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan ("claimant"), claimant shall be
 given a written notification containing specific reasons for the denial
 or limitation of his benefit.  The written notification shall contain
 specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial
 or limitation of his benefit is based.  In addition, it shall contain a
 description of any other material or information necessary for the
 claimant to perfect a claim, and an explanation of why such material or
 information is necessary.  The notification shall further provide
 appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes
 to submit his claim for review.  This written notification shall be given
 to a claimant within ninety (90) days after receipt of his claim by the
 Plan Administrator unless special circumstances require an extension of
 time for processing the claim.  If such an extension of time for
 processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished
 to the claimant prior to the termination of said ninety (90) day period,
 and such notice shall indicate the special circumstances which make the
 postponement appropriate.
 
          (c)  Right_of_Review.  In the event of a denial or limitation
 of his benefit, the claimant or his duly authorized representative shall
 be permitted to review  pertinent documents and to submit to the Plan
 Administrator issues and comments in writing.  In addition, the claimant
 or his duly authorized representative may make a written request for a
 full and fair review of his claim and its denial by the Plan
 Administrator; provided, however, that such written request must be
 received by the Plan Administrator (or its delegate to receive such
 requests) within sixty (60) days after receipt by the claimant of written
 notification of the denial or limitation of the claim.  The sixty (60) day
 requirement may be waived by the Plan Administrator in appropriate cases.
 
                                 -68-

<PAGE>

          (d)  Decision_on_Review.  A decision shall be rendered by the
 Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request
 for review, provided that where special circumstances require an extension
 of time for processing the decision, it may be postponed on written notice
 to the claimant (prior to the expiration of the initial sixty (60) day
 period) for an additional sixty (60) days, but in no event shall the
 decision be rendered more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the
 receipt of such request for review.  Any decision by the Plan Adminis-
 
 trator shall be furnished to the claimant in writing and shall set forth
 the specific reasons for the decision and the specific Plan provisions on
 which the decision is based.
 
          (e)  Court_Action.  No Participant or Beneficiary shall have
 the right to seek judicial review of a denial of benefits, or to bring any
 action in any court to enforce a claim for benefits prior to filing a
 claim for benefits or exhausting his rights to review under this section.
 
 
                                ARTICLE 16
                     AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER
 
     16.1 Sponsor's_Power_to_Amend.  The Sponsor may amend any part of
 the Plan.  For purposes of Sponsor's amendments, the mass submitter shall
 be recognized as the agent of the Sponsor.  If the Sponsor does not adopt
 the amendments made by the mass submitter, it will no longer be identical
 to or a minor modifier of the mass submitter plan.
 
     16.2 Amendment_by_Adopting_Employer.
 
          (a)  The Employer may:
 
               (i)   change the choice of options in the Adoption
 Agreement;
 
               (ii)  add overriding language in the Adoption Agreement
 when such language is necessary to satisfy section 415 or section 416 of
 the Code because of the required aggregation of multiple plans; and
 
               (iii) add certain model amendments published by the
 Internal Revenue Service which specifically provide that their adoption
 will not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed.
 
          (b)  An Employer that amends the Plan for any other reason,
 including a waiver of the minimum funding requirement under section 412(d)
 of the Code, will no longer participate in this prototype plan and will
 be considered to have an individually designed plan.

                                 -69-

<PAGE>
 
     16.3 Vesting_Upon_Plan_Termination.  In the event of the
 termination or partial termination of the Plan, the Account balance of
 each affected Participant will be nonforfeitable.
 
     16.4 Vesting_Upon_Complete_Discontinuance_of_Contribu tions.  In
 the event of a complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan,
 the Account balance of each affected Participant will be nonforfeitable.
 
     16.5 Maintenance_of_Benefits_Upon_Merger.  In the event of a merger
 or consolidation with, or transfer of assets to any other plan, each
 Participant will receive a benefit immediately after such merger,
 consolidation or transfer (if the Plan then terminated) which is at least
 equal to the benefit the Participant was entitled to immediately before
 such merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan had been terminated).
 
     16.6 Special_Amendments.  The Employer may from time to time make
 any amendment to the Plan that may be necessary to satisfy section 415 or
 416 of the Code.  Any such amendment will be adopted by the Employer by
 completing overriding Plan language in the Adoption Agreement.  In the
 event of such an amendment, the Employer must obtain a separate
 determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service to continue
 reliance on the Plan's qualified status.
 
                                ARTICLE 17
                               MISCELLANEOUS
 
     17.1 Exclusive_Benefit_of_Participants_and_Beneficia ries.
 
          (a)  All assets of the Trust shall be retained for the
 exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries, and shall be
 used only to pay benefits to such persons or to pay the fees and expenses
 of the Trust.  The assets of the Trust shall not revert to the benefit of
 the Employer, except as otherwise specifically provided in section
 17.1(b).
 
          (b)  To the extent permitted or required by ERISA and the
 Code, contributions to the Trust under this Plan are subject to the
 following conditions:

                               -70-

<PAGE>
 
               (i)   If a contribution or any part thereof is made to
 the Trust by the Employer under a mistake of fact, such contribution or
 part thereof shall be returned to the Employer within one (1) year after
 the date the contribution is made.
 
               (ii)  In the event the Plan is determined not to meet
 the initial qualification requirements of section 401 of the Code,
 contributions made in respect of any period for which such requirements
 are not met shall be returned to the Employer within one (1) year after
 the Plan is determined not to meet such requirements, but only if the
 application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law
 for filing the Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan
 is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may
 prescribe.
 
               (iii) Contributions to the Trust are specifically
 conditioned on their deductibility under the Code and, to the extent a
 deduction is disallowed for any such contribution, such amount shall be
 returned to the Employer within one (1) year after the date of the
 disallowance of the deduction.
 
     17.2 Nonguarantee_of_Employment.  Nothing contained in this Plan
 shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Employer and
 any Employee, or as a right of any Employee to be continued in the
 employment of the Employer, or as a limitation of the right of the
 Employer to discharge any of its Employees, with or without cause.
 
     17.3 Rights_to_Trust_Assets.  No Employee, Participant, or
 Beneficiary shall have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the
 Trust upon termination of employment or otherwise, except as provided
 under the Plan.  All payments of benefits under the Plan shall be made
 solely out of the assets of the Trust.
 
     17.4 Nonalienation_of_Benefits.  No benefit or interest available
 hereunder will be subject to assignment or alienation, either voluntarily
 or involuntarily.  The preceding sentence shall also apply to the
 creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable
 with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order,
 unless such order is determined to be a qualified domestic relations
 order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code, or any domestic relations
 order entered before January 1, 1985.

                                  -71-

<PAGE>
 
     17.5 Aggregation_Rules.
 
          (a)  Except as provided in ARTICLE 6, all Employees of the
 Employer or any Affiliated Employer will be treated as employed by a
 single employer.
 
          (b)  If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one
 or more Owner-Employees who control both the business for which this Plan
 is established and one or more other trades or businesses, this Plan and
 the plan established for other trades or businesses must, when looked at
 as a single plan, satisfy sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code for the
 Employees of this and all other trades or businesses.
 
          (c)  If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one
 or more Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or
 businesses, the employees of the other trades or businesses must be
 included in a plan which satisfies sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code and
 which provides contributions and benefits not less favorable than provided
 for Owner-Employees under this Plan.
 
          (d)  If an individual is covered as an Owner- Employee under
 the plans of two or more trades or businesses which are not controlled and
 the individual controls a trade or business, then the contributions or
 benefits of the employees under the plan of the trades or businesses which
 are controlled must be as favorable as those provided for him under the
 most favorable plan of the trade or business which is not controlled.
 
          (e)  For purposes of paragraphs (b), (c) and (d), an Owner-
 Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control
 a trade or business if the Owner- Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees
 together:
 
               (i)   own the entire interest in an unincorporated
 trade or business; or
 
               (ii)  in the case of a partnership, own more than fifty
 percent (50%) of either the capital interest or the profits interest in
 the partnership.

                                -72-

<PAGE>
 
          For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner- Employee,
 or two or more Owner-Employees shall be treated as owning an interest in
 a partnership which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a partnership
 which such Owner- Employee, or such two or more Owner-Employees, are
 considered to control within the meaning of the preceding sentence.
 
     17.6 Failure_of_Qualification.  If the Employer's plan fails to
 attain or retain qualification, such plan will no longer participate in
 this master/prototype plan and will be considered an individually designed
 plan.
 
     17.7 Applicable_Law.  Except to the extent otherwise required by
 ERISA, as amended, this Plan shall be construed and enforced in accordance
 with the laws of the state in which the Employer's principal place of
 business is located, as specified in the Adoption Agreement.
 
                                  -73-

 


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<LEGEND>
The Schedule contains summary financial information extracted from year-end
audited financial statements dated December 31, 1995 and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                                        <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                              YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                      129,069,919
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                     140,197,063
<RECEIVABLES>                                  353,127
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                  72,319
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                                 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             140,622,509
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                    1,721,969
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                          1,721,969
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                   127,075,402
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                        8,844,228
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                        8,653,955
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                      695,588
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                          2,406
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                    11,127,144
<NET-ASSETS>                               138,900,540
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                            2,699,630
<INTEREST-INCOME>                              543,200
<OTHER-INCOME>                                (13,227)
<EXPENSES-NET>                               1,424,870
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                      1,804,733
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                    15,931,202
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                    9,051,101
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                       26,787,036
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                    1,809,688
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                    13,290,821
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                        423,165
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                  1,087,805
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                            854,913
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                       2,925,345
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                         62,496
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                            0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                   1,937,432
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                          935,397
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                              1,424,870
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                       131,000,220
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                            14.36
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                    .22
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                           3.00
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                             (.22)
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                       (1.65)
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                              15.71
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                   1.09
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission